Science Text Book Form - 4

FORM 4
SCIENCE
DUAL LANGUAGE PROGRAMME
SCIENCE FORM 4
RM 12.60
ISBN: 978-967-2088-73-8
RD SEKOLAH M
NDA EN
M STA E
LU
NG
I KU
KS S M
AH
KUR
FT074001
IA
YS
KE
LA
M
EN
TE MA
RIAN AN
PENDIDIK
cover B.TEKS SAINS Tg4.indd 1 07/10/2019 10:12 AM

RUKUN NEGARA
Bahawasanya Negara Kita Malaysia
mendukung cita-cita hendak:
Mencapai perpaduan yang lebih erat dalam kalangan

seluruh masyarakatnya;
Memelihara satu cara hidup demokrasi;
Mencipta satu masyarakat yang adil di mana kemakmuran negara

akan dapat dinikmati bersama secara adil dan saksama;
Menjamin satu cara yang liberal terhadap

tradisi-tradisi kebudayaannya yang kaya dan pelbagai corak;
Membina satu masyarakat progresif yang akan menggunakan

sains dan teknologi moden;
MAKA KAMI, rakyat Malaysia,

berikrar akan menumpukan
seluruh tenaga dan usaha kami untuk mencapai cita-cita tersebut
berdasarkan prinsip-prinsip yang berikut:
KEPERCAYAAN KEPADA TUHAN

KESETIAAN KEPADA RAJA DAN NEGARA
KELUHURAN PERLEMBAGAAN
KEDAULATAN UNDANG-UNDANG
KESOPANAN DAN KESUSILAAN
(Sumber: Jabatan Penerangan, Kementerian Komunikasi dan Multimedia Malaysia)
Rukun negara DLP.indd 1 07/10/2019 10:16 AM

KURIKULUM STANDARD SEKOLAH MENENGAH
SCIENCE
FORM 4
Writers
Noraini binti Abdullah
Nor Mazliana binti Abdul Hashim
Mohammad Amirul bin Adnan
Shamsulikram bin Abdul Hamid
Translators
Sharon Chelvi Moorthy
Nalini a/p T Balachandran
Nilavathi a/p Balasundram
Yew Chian-Hauo
Editors
Nor Shazwani binti Mohamad Zaini
Faezah binti Abdul Wahab
Designers
Ayu Amira binti Rosdi
Yong Lai Yin
Illustrator
Chan Yoke Peng
Odonata Publishing Sdn. Bhd.

2019
Copyright and acknowledgement.indd 1 22/10/2019 9:56 AM

KEMENTERIAN
PENDIDIKAN
MALAYSIA
Serial book no. : 0173 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

KPM 2019 ISBN 978-967-2088-73-8 The publication of this textbook involves
First Published 2019 cooperation from various parties. Our
© Ministry of Education Malaysia wholehearted appreciation and gratitude goes out
to all involving parties:
All rights reserved. No part of this book may
be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or Committee members of quality control,
transmitted in any form or by any means, either Educational Resources and Technology
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording Division, Ministry of Education Malaysia
or otherwise, without the prior permission of the Officers in Educational Resources and
Director General of Education Malaysia, Ministry Technology Division and the Curriculum
of Education Malaysia. Negotiation is subject to Development Division, Ministry of Education
the calculation of royalty or honorarium. Malaysia
Published for Officers of the English Language Teaching
Ministry of Education Malaysia by: Centre (ELTC),
Odonata Publishing Sdn. Bhd. Teacher Education Division, Ministry of
No. 2, Jalan Damai Puspa 2, Education Malaysia
Alam Damai Industrial Park,
Dr. Shukur Abu Hassan, Centre for Advanced
56000 Cheras,
Composite Materials (CACM) UTM
Kuala Lumpur.
Tel: +603-9101 1179 Cultural Promotion Division, Culture and
Fax: +603-9101 7991 Sports Department, Citizens Affairs Bureau,
Website: www.odonatabooks.com City of Hiroshima
E-mail: online@odonatabooks.com
Library and Public Archives Unit,
Layout and typesetting: International Committee of the Red Cross
Minion Pro
Malaysian Nuclear Agency
Font type: Regular
Font size: 11 pt. Forestry Department Peninsular Malaysia
Printed by: Malaysian Remote Sensing Agency (MRSA)

Herald Printers Sdn. Bhd. Individuals who have been directly or
Lot 508, Jalan Perusahaan 3, indirectly involved in the successful
Bandar Baru Sungai Buloh, publication of the Science KSSM
47000 Sungai Buloh, Form 4 Textbook
Selangor Darul Ehsan.
Copyright and acknowledgement.indd 2 22/10/2019 9:56 AM

Introduction
T he Science Form 4 Kurikulum Standard Sekolah Menengah (KSSM) Textbook is written for
Form 4 students based on Dokumen Standard Kurikulum dan Pentaksiran Tingkatan 4 prepared
by the Ministry of Education Malaysia. This textbook is prepared based on a holistic approach in
line with the National Education Philosophy that aims to produce students who are intelligent,
creative, innovative, critical and possess high values.
This book is written with more emphasis on lower order thinking skills (LOTS) and higher
order thinking skills (HOTS), scientific skills, communication skills, decision-making and
problem-solving skills in daily life so that each student can master the 21st century learning skills.
In addition, the Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) teaching and learning
approach is also incorporated through activities and projects so that students will become
interested in science and technology.
This book contains the following special features:
The theme pages have interesting photos and

Various activities
mind-stimulating questions related to the
provided for students:
chapters in the theme.
1 Scientific
2
Maintenance and
THEME
THEME
Methodology Continuity of Life
STEM
• What do you
know about
Green Technology?
• Is it safe for us to
consume genetically
• What should you do if modified foods?
there is an accident in
the laboratory? • Which system
supports our body
• Do you know what CPR is? and protects our
internal organs?
• How do we measure the
health level of our body? • How are plants able
to grow vertically
against gravity?
• What is hormone?
Multimedia Simulation
1 49
... ...
3 4
Exploration of Energy and
THEME
THEME
Elements in Nature Sustainability of Life

• There are 118 elements that
have been discovered. Do you • What is the velocity of a
know the position of carbon in racing car?
Inquiry Discussion
the Modern Periodic Table • Have you heard of the
of Elements? term inertia?
• The windows of skyscrapers in • What is your opinion on the
Malaysia are usually made of use of nuclear energy to
glass. What are the other uses generate electricity
of glass? in Malaysia?
• If you were sick, the doctor
would treat and give you the
appropriate medicine. What
would happen if we took
medicine without the advice
of doctors?
Experiment Project
165 223
Introduction.indd 5 22/10/2019 8:47 AM

Science Career The Problems Related to Joints and
Nuclear Energy Chapter 12 Muscles in Daily Life
... ... Orthopaedist
Orthopaedist is a specialist
Activity 12.3 doctor who treats injuries ... ...
21st Century Skills

Think-Pair-Share
21st Century Skills

such as bone fractures,
backbone defects or
Activity 6.6 Problem-based Learning
Aim: To search and share information on the use of nuclear energy in
certain countries. bone deterioration such
as osteoporosis. The Title: Problems related to joints and 21st Century Skills
Incorporates relevant
Instructions: orthopaedist helps patients muscles in daily life.
1. Carry out this activity in pairs. to undergo the skeletal
2. Take a card written with the name of a country which uses nuclear energy from your teacher. muscle recovery process. Related topic: Functions of joints and muscles in movement
3. Gather information on the use of nuclear energy in that country. Chiropractor Suggested time period: 1 week
learning skills of the

4. Present the findings obtained in front of the class. Chiropractor is
a practitioner of Problem:
complementary medicine Among the problems related to joints and muscles that occur
that is related to frequently are the injuries to the joints and muscles caused by
21st century
diagnosis and treatment
Formative Practice 12.2 of mechanical muscle
system, skeleton and
physical activities, and knee pain among the elderly.
Based on this, discuss how these problems can be prevented.
1. Fill in the blanks with the correct answers. backbone disruptions.
Resources:
(a) The process of occurs when a bombards a nucleus Physiotherapist
• Websites
Physiotherapist is known
of large mass which then into two new nuclei of smaller mass that are • Other related references such as journals related to medicine
as the medical limb
nearly the same and more stable together with the release of energy. rehabilitator or medical and balanced diet.
rehabilitation officer.
(b) The process of nuclear fusion only occurs at high . Explain suitable ways or methods to prevent injuries to joints and
Physiotherapist helps
patients recover and muscles. The result can be presented in the form of PowerPoint.
ensures each patient’s
physical function is at a
12.3 Impact of Using Nuclear Energy high level.
The use of nuclear energy should be regulated properly so as to bring

History Corner
benefits to mankind and the environment. Since nuclear energy
J.Robert Oppenheimer
Human Growth Pattern
is increasingly being used around the world, we should know the is the first person in
impact of using this energy on life and the environment. the world to invent the Human growth is a process where
Science Career
atomic bomb. He is changes occur in terms of size, total
called ‘Father of the
Impact of Using Nuclear Weapons Atomic Bomb’. The number of cells, weight, shape size,
Early research on nuclear energy was conducted in the 1940s to bomb he invented was and body function. It is a permanent
used by the American
and irreversible process. This
Information on
produce the atomic bomb. Plutonium, the byproduct from nuclear military during World
fission in the nuclear reactor was used to make the atomic bomb. War II. He, however, growth occurs due to the increase
The world saw the devastation when nuclear energy was used to expressed regret after in number of cells in the body.
personally seeing the
make nuclear weapons. Nuclear weapons were used by the United devastation caused by Human growth occurs to the
careers related
States of America on the cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki during the explosion of the whole body and is different
World War II. atomic bomb.
according to the sex and age.
to science Infant Child Adolescent
Figure 6.15 Human growth stages

Adult Aged
263 130 6.2.2

12.3.1
6.2.3
History Corner
Techniques of Measuring the Parameters of Body Health Chapter 3
Measuring Body Temperature with the

Correct Technique
Contains historical
Science
Clinical Thermometer
1. Before using a thermometer, make sure its temperature is lower
facts related
than 35°C. If the temperature exceeds 35°C, the thermometer
should be shaken until the reading is lower than 35°C.
Integration with… 2. Place the thermometer under the armpit or in the mouth for
about 2 to 3 minutes (or until a ‘beep’ sound is heard, if you are
to science using a digital clinical thermometer).
Relating science to
3. Pull out the thermometer and record the reading.
The kink in the clinical thermometer
other subjects
is to ensure that the mercury
does not go down quickly after
it is removed from the mouth or Photograph 3.1 Technique
the armpit. This is to give a more to measure body temperature
accurate reading. This kink is not using a clinical thermometer
found in the laboratory thermometer.
Figure 3.2 Kink in the clinical thermometer
Laboratory Thermometer
1. The laboratory thermometer is not suitable to measure body
back
temperature because the laboratory thermometer does not have
a kink in the mercury tube. The clinical thermometer
can measure temperature
Brain Teaser
2. When the thermometer is removed from the body, whether with an accuracy of
from the mouth or the armpit, the temperature reading will go 0.1°C, whereas, the
down quickly. This will cause the reading to be inaccurate. laboratory thermometer
Chemicals in Industry Chapter 9 3. If the laboratory thermometer is used to measure body
with an accuracy of 1°C.
Challenging
temperature, the reading must be taken when the thermometer
Why is an alloy produced? Generally, most pure metals are soft and is still in the mouth or under the armpit to ensure accuracy.
can corrode easily. These properties are not suitable for producing Rectal Thermometer
questions that are

most of the things around us. Therefore, the process of forming
1. The rectal thermometer is usually used for infants less than
alloys or alloying is done to improve the properties of pure metal.
3 months old. Make sure that the thermometer used is labelled
The atoms in a pure metal are arranged orderly in layers. The
science for rectal use.
integration
layers of atoms in pure metal slide over each other easily when force ... 2. Clean the tip of the thermometer with alcohol.
relevant to the topic

with
wit h...
is applied. HISTORY 3. Dab some petroleum jelly on the thermometer tip to
The first alloy found was make it easier for the thermometer to be inserted into the
Force
bronze. Bronze was
infant’s rectum.
discovered hundreds
of years back, in the 4. Raise the infant’s legs as shown in Figure 3.3.
prehistoric age known as 5. Insert 1.5 − 2.5 cm of the thermometer into the infant’s rectum. Figure 3.3 Technique to
the Bronze Age. During this 6. Allow the thermometer to remain there until a ‘beep’ sound measure body temperature
period, bronze was used to using a rectal thermometer
The layers of make tools and weapons. is heard.
atoms slide over easily 7. Record the temperature.
Figure 9.1 Arrangement of atoms in a pure metal
35
When one or more metal or non-metal elements are added into pure metal, the atoms from 3.1.1
these elements make the layers of pure metal atoms difficult to slide over each other. This is because
The Latest Rubber-based Technology
foreign atoms have different sizes. This makes alloys stronger and harder than pure metals.
Atoms of pure metal Atoms of foreign element
Rubber is one of the major commodities of Malaysia. The rubber industry has improved the
economy of the country. Research and development on rubber that is carried out by the Malaysian
+ Brain Teaser
Rubber Board needs to be continued for the rubber industry to grow in our country. Some
discoveries have been made using the special properties of rubber in the manufacturing and
construction field. What are these technologies?
Flashback
Recalling
Does alloy exist naturally?
Alloy
When force is applied, the

layers of atoms in pure metal have
difficulty to slide over each other
Atom of
foreign element
Atom of pure metal
Cuplump Modified Asphalt
information learned
Figure 9.2 An alloy The rail pad made of rubber
(CMA) acts as the concrete
The composition or percentage of the contents of each element in alloys can be altered based asphalt for the pavement to last Getah Colour is a paint is placed between the railway
on its use. longer, resist heat, reduce noise produced from latex to be and the train’s engine to reduce
and road cracks. used for visual arts. vibration and sound.
Photograph 9.17 Some of the latest rubber-based technology

Activity 9.1 Gallery Walk
What about other potential uses of rubber in the future? Can you think of any potential
Aim: To build a model of particle arrangement in pure metals and alloys. 21st Century Skills future use of rubber?
Instructions:
1. Carry out this activity in groups. ... ...
2. Choose one type of alloy which is different from the other groups.
3. Use recycled materials to build a model of the particle arrangement in the alloy and its pure metal.
Activity 9.6 Result Showcase
Learning Standard
4. Present the model in front of the class. 21st Century Skills
Aim: To gather information and present the latest rubber-based technology.
Instructions:
1. Carry out this activity in groups.
185
Prepared according
9.1.1 2. Using the Internet and other media, gather information about the latest rubber-based technology
other than those specified in the textbook.
3. Based on the information obtained, discuss in groups on products that can be manufactured
using rubber.
to Dokumen Standard
4. Present your ideas to the class. Your presentations must include:
• sketches of the product
• the manufacturing purpose
• the special properties of the rubber in the product
Kurikulum dan Pentaksiran

Formative Practice 9.3
1. Name two natural polymers and synthetic polymers and their monomers.
2. Compare the properties of natural rubber and vulcanised rubber.
Formative
3. Describe how vulcanised rubber is produced from natural rubber.
198
Practice
9.3.4
Questions to
assess students’
understanding at the
end of each subtopic
vi

Techniques of Measuring the Parameters of Body Health Chapter 3 Force and Motion Chapter 11
3.4 Body Mass Index (BMI)

Science Gallery (a) Give the meaning of inertia.
(b) Which wooden block has a larger inertia? Explain your answer.
Additional
(c) State Newton’s First Law of Motion.
7. Figure 6 shows a coin and a feather falling simultaneously inside two transparent cylinder tubes,
Calculating and Determining Body Mass Index R and S. Cylinder tube R contains air whereas cylinder tube S is a vacuum.
information related
Body Mass Index, commonly known as BMI, is the
measurement of body mass against height. BMI can be Body mass (kg)
BMI = Feather
calculated using a formula. (Height)2 (m2) Vacuum
to the topics
Air Cylinder tube
Coin Coin Feather

... ...
Activity 3.3 Spin-N-Think R S
Figure 6
Aim: To calculate and determine one’s BMI. 21st Century Skills (a) What is meant by a free fall?
(b) Compare the time taken for the coin and the feather to fall inside cylinder tubes R and S.
Instructions: Explain your answer.
2. The teacher supplies a spinning arrow. (c) Create a suitable conclusion for the activity above.
3. Spin the arrow to determine which student needs to measure his/her BMI.
4. The student with the arrow pointed at him/her is the one who has to take his/her mass and height
measurements. Calculate the student’s BMI together.
5. Repeat this activity until all the group members know their respective BMI.
Mind Challenge Mind enge

Challenge
Chall
What is the importance of knowing our BMI? BMI is a way to
determine whether we have a body mass problem or not.
After obtaining your BMI result, the chart in Table 3.2 below
Science Gallery
Science
Studies show that the
Level 5 and level 6 8. Figure 7 shows a ticker tape chart of a trolley
moving down an inclined runway. The ticker timer
being used vibrates at a frequency of 50 Hz.
(a) Determine the time for 10 ticks.
Length (cm)
50
HOTS questions
lifespan of a person 40
can be used to determine whether you are overweight, normal or with an ideal BMI, (b) What is the velocity for ticker tape 1 and ticker
underweight. which is, between tape 5? 30
18.5 – 24.9 kg m-2 is (c) The runway is inclined further so that the
Table 3.2 Body Mass Index chart longer than a person trolley moves down faster. 20
with a lower or higher BMI.
Predict the length of the ticker tape chart that
Source: myHEALTH Portal
10
will be obtained.
0 Ticker
9. Figure 8 shows a student banging the handle of a 1 2 3 4 5
BMI (kg m-2) Category: tape
hammer against a hard surface. Figure 7
< 18.5 Underweight
Brain Teaser (a) What is the actual purpose of the student
doing so?
What are factors that (b) What is the concept used by the student?
18.5 – 24.9 Desirable weight can cause a person to
(c) Explain two of your daily activities that use
be overweight?
25.0 – 29.9 Overweight the concept stated in question 9(b).
30.0 or more Obese

Observation:
Beaker Observation Figure 8
P
43 Q 253
3.4.1
R
Questions:
1. What happens when ethanoic acid is added to latex?
2. What happens when ammonia is added to latex?
3. How can coagulation of latex be prevented?
4. Why do latex coagulate when exposed to air?
Vulcanisation of Rubber
The properties of natural rubber which is soft and not resistant to heat makes
it an unsuitable material for tyres of vehicles. Due to Malaysian hot weather,
tyres made of natural rubber will become soft and melt when exposed to hot
road surfaces.
Summary
Renowned Scientists
So, how can the properties of natural rubber be improved to make it a
suitable material for making various things?
Vulcanisation can improve the properties
An overview of all the subtopics
Renowned
Introducing
Scientist
of rubber and make it stronger. Vulcanisation is
a process of heating rubber with sulphur. During
vulcanisation, sulphur atoms are added to the chain of natural
in the chapter
rubber polymer molecules. The rubber obtained through this process
is called vulcanised rubber.
personalities who S
S
S
S
Sulphur
cross-links
contributed to the
Charles Goodyear + Sulphur
(1800 – 1860) S S
S
S S
He founded the S
vulcanisation process in
development of science
1839. He heated a mixture
of natural rubber with Chain of natural Vulcanised rubber
1% – 3% of sulphur rubber polymer
according to its mass.
Figure 9.11 Vulcanisation of rubber
and technology The molecular structure of vulcanised rubber has a bond between each chain of rubber
polymer. This however, cannot be seen in natural rubber. This is due to the added sulphur atoms
that produces cross-links between the rubber polymer chains. Therefore, when a force is applied,
SAFETY MEASURES IN
THE LABORATORY
it is difficult for the chain of vulcanised rubber polymer to slide over each other. When heat is
applied, the structure of vulcanised rubber molecules is difficult to break. Thus, the vulcanised
rubber is harder and has high resistance to heat.
196 Personal Protective

9.3.3 Disposal of Waste Fire Extinguishers
Equipment
• Goggles Substances that can be Types of fire

disposed of into the sink extinguishers
• Gloves
Green Technology for Environmental Sustainability Chapter 4 • Lab coat

Substances that cannot be Using a fire
• Lab shoes
Relating Energy Efficiency to Green Technology disposed of into the sink extinguisher
For Green Technology to succeed in our country, the National Green Technology Policy was
launched in July 2009. What are the pillars of that policy? Let us look at the following note: My Nation • Face mask
• Safety shower
Managing biological Auditing fire
Information • Eyewash station waste substances extinguishers
Safety Measures in the Laboratory Chapter 1

• Fume chamber
on Malaysia's
There are four main pillars that uphold the National Green Technology Policy:
• Laminar flow cabinet Steps to handle accidents Creating a simple fire
• energy – promoting energy efficiency and seeking energy independence
• environment – minimising negative effects and conserving the environment in the laboratory extinguisher
• economy – enhancing the country’s economy through the use of technology
• social – improving the quality of life for all
achievements and
involvement in science
My Nation
15
If we look at the four pillars above, they clearly show that

Green Technology emphasises on the aspect of energy efficiency.
Do you still remember the topic on energy efficiency that you
studied in Form 3? Energy efficiency refers to the use of less
energy to carry out work at the same or higher rate without
affecting the production and the quality of the desired outcome.
When energy efficiency is given priority in a country through Green Building Index
the practice of Green Technology, then: (GBI) is a rating system
(a) energy conservation can be increased given to buildings with
environmentally-friendly
(b) the country’s economy can be strenghtened and wastage can features. Raja Haji Fi
be reduced Sabilillah mosque in
(c) wastes can be converted into a cleaner and safer form of Cyberjaya is the first
mosque in Malaysia to
renewable energy receive this recognition.
Force and Motion Chapter 11
Self-reflection
Malaysia strongly supports and is committed to sustainable
energy efficiency. Among the initiatives and efforts carried out in the
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
implementation of energy efficiency are:
• the implementation of energy efficiency labels INFORMATION
After studying this chapter, you are able to:
Checklist of Learning
for electrical appliances (Figure 4.1) First ‘Green’ Mosque
in Malaysia 11.1 Linear Motion
• Green Building Index (GBI)
Lebih Banyak Bintang
Lebih Jimat Tenaga
http://bukutekskssm.my/
More Stars
Explain the difference between distance and displacement and their units in daily life.
More Energy Saving
• energy efficiency PENGGUNAAN TENAGA

ENERGY CONSUMPTION
Science/F4/Pg53
technology campaigns Explain with examples the meaning of speed, average speed, velocity and acceleration and their
Standards for
Jenis peralatan Jenama dan
Model
• using electricity 5
5
units in daily life.
from solar source Penggunaan Tenaga Purata Setahun
Average Energy Consumption Per Year Solve problems that involve speed, average speed, velocity and acceleration in daily life.
campaigns
XXX kwj
kwh
Produk Ini Menggunakan % Kurang Tenaga
Distinguish between the various types of linear motion.

Daripada Produk Biasa
students’ reference
• consumer awareness
This Product Consumes % Less Energy
Than An Average Product
Diuji Mengikut / Tested According to xxx
campaigns through Energy Commission

www.st.gov.my
11.2 Linear Motion Graphs
energy-saving practices Interpret the different types of motion from linear motion graphs to determine distance,
Figure 4.1 Energy efficiency label displacement, velocity, average velocity and acceleration.
53 11.3 Gravitational Acceleration and Free Fall
4.1.2
Carry out an experiment to determine the acceleration due to Earth’s gravity, g.
Interpret the motion graph for objects in free fall.
Carry out an experiment to study free fall and non-free fall conditions.
11.4 Mass and Inertia
Explain mass.
Explain the meaning of inertia with examples.
Carry out an experiment to study the relationship between mass and inertia.
Communicate the effects of inertia in daily life.
Summative Practice Summative Practice 11 Objective Questions
Assessing students'
http://bukutekskssm.
QUIZ my/Science/F4/Q11
1. Azmeer rides his motorcycle to the north for 24 km, then to
the west for 12 km and finally to the south for 12 km before he
stops to rest (Figure 1). His journey takes 2 hours.
understanding at the end of

(a) What is the distance travelled by Azmeer? 12 km
(b) What is Azmeer’s displacement?
(c) Determine Azmeer’s average speed. 12 km
(d) Calculate the average velocity for Azmeer’s displacement.
each chapter
24 km
2. Hilmi walks to the north for 8 m, then to the east for 8 m.
Hilmi takes 5 minutes to complete his journey.
(a) What is the distance of his motion?
(b) What is the displacement of his motion?
(c) Determine the velocity attained by Hilmi. Figure 1
251
vii

Digital components in this book:
Download the free QR reader application

from the App Store or Play Store.
Video related to the topic
VIDEO
Additional information
INFORMATION
Quiz (multiple-choice questions)

at the end of each chapter
QUIZ
Guidelines to scan AR application for 3D Models and Interactive Games:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Download the free BT Sains Find the pages with Scan the image on
Tingkatan 4 AR application by these icons. the page with your
scanning the QR code below. smartphone or tablet
to view the 3D model
or play the interactive
game.
or
3D Model: page 77, 122, 128,
258, 259
Interactive Game: page 146,
184
3D Model Interactive Game

Support, Movement and Growth Chapter 6
The Human Skeletal System Appendicular Skeleton

The human skeleton is made up of 206 bones of various sizes and
Clavicle
9.1 Alloy
shapes. The human skeleton can be divided into two parts, that Pectoral girdle
are the axial skeleton and the appendicular skeleton. The axial
skeleton consists of the skull, the vertebral column, the sternum There is a pair of pectoral girdles in the human body. Many objects around us are
and the ribs. The appendicular skeleton consists of the pectoral
The pectoral girdle connects the upper limbs to the axial made of alloys. Photograph 9.1
Scapula skeleton. The pectoral girdle consists of the clavicle and
girdle, the upper limbs, the pelvic girdle and the lower limbs. shows some of the objects that
the scapula. are made of alloys.
Cranium
Axial skeleton
Humerus
Skull Upper limb
The human skull consists of two parts, The upper limb consists of the humerus, radius, ulna,
that are the cranial bones and the facial carpus, metacarpus and phalanx. The end of the humerus,
bones. The function of the cranial bones is that is ball-shaped, is attached to the pectoral girdle. The
to protect the brain. Facial bones serve to lower end of the humerus is attached to the radius and ulna.
provide the basic shape or the framework The radius and ulna are attached to the carpus bones to
for the face and also to support the teeth. form the wrist. The metacarpus bones form the palm and
are attached to the carpus bones. The phalanx bones that
Radius form the fingers are attached to the metacarpus bones. Photograph 9.1 Objects made of alloys
Ulna
Metacarpus What is an Alloy?
Phalanx Carpus An alloy is a mixture of several types of metals or a mixture of metal and
Vertebral column non-metal by a certain percentage. There are several types of alloys which
Interactive
The vertebral column consists of 33 small bones are commonly used in daily life such as steel, pewter, bronze, brass and Game
or vertebrae. These bones that are connected Pelvic girdle duralumin. Table 9.1 shows the composition, properties and the uses of
form a strong and flexible column. This vertebral these alloys.
The pelvic girdle is connected to the axial skeleton. The
column has a very important function, that is to
Side pelvic girdle is formed from a pair of hip bones. The pelvic Table 9.1 Composition, properties and the uses of alloy
protect the spinal cord.
view girdle supports weight, protects the bladder and the
reproductive organs. Alloy Composition Properties Uses
Steel Iron 99% • Hard and strong • Construction materials for buildings and bridges
Front view Carbon 1% • To make frame of vehicles and railway tracks
Lower limb Pewter Tin 96% • Lustre • To make decorative items such as photo frames
3D Model Femur Copper 3% • Resistant to corrosion
Ribs and sternum 1 The lower limb consists of the femur, tibia, fibula, tarsus, Antimony 1%
The human ribs consist of 12 pairs of ribs
2
Brain Teaser metatarsus and phalanx. The upper end of the femur
3 that is ball-shaped is attached to the pelvic girdle. The Bronze Copper 88% • Hard • To make monuments, metal sculptures, coins, medals
that are joined to the thoracic vertebra at Tin 12% • Resistant to corrosion and others
4 A baby has 275 bones lower end of the femur is attached to the tibia and
the back. Seven pairs of ribs are attached 5 at birth, whereas Patella • Attractive colour
to the sternum directly and three more ribs fibula. The tibia and fibula are the bones of the calf. The
an adult has 206
are indirectly connected by cartilage. Two
6
bones. Why does this Fibula lower ends of the tibia and fibula are attached to the Brass Copper 75% • Strong • To make keys, door knobs, musical instruments such
more pairs (the last two) hang free. The 7 difference occur? tarsus, that is, the ankle. The tarsus is attached to the Zinc 25% • Has shiny surface as trumpet
8 metatarsus bones to form the foot. The metatarsus is • Malleable
sternum and the ribs function to protect
attached to the phalanx or the bone of the toe. • Gold in colour
the main organs, that are the heart and 9
the lungs. 10
Sternum Duralumin Aluminium 95% • Light • To make frame of aircrafts, aeroplanes and others
Thoracic Copper 3% • Strong
11 12
vertebrae Figure 6.9 The human skeleton Tibia Phalanx Magnesium 1% • Resistant to corrosion
Tarsus Manganese 1%
122 Metatarsus
123
6.1.5 6.1.5
184
9.1.1
viii

Contents
Introduction v
Theme 1 Scientific Methodology
Chapter 1 Safety Measures in the Laboratory 2
1.1 Personal Protective Equipment 4
1.2 Disposal of Waste 6
1.3 Fire Extinguishers 10
Summative Practice 1 16
Chapter 2 Emergency Help 18
2.1 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) 20
2.2 Heimlich Manoeuvre 25
Chapter 3 Techniques of Measuring the Parameters of Body Health 32
3.1 Body Temperature 34
3.2 Pulse Rate 37
3.3 Blood Pressure 41
3.4 Body Mass Index (BMI) 43
Theme 2 Maintenance and Continuity of Life
Chapter 4 Green Technology for Environmental Sustainability 50
4.1 Environmental Sustainability 52
4.2 Energy Sector 56
4.3 Waste and Wastewater Management Sector 60
4.4 Agriculture and Forestry Sector 62
4.5 Transportation Sector 65
4.6 Green Technology and Life 68
Chapter 5 Genetics 74
5.1 Cell Division 76
5.2 Inheritance 84
5.3 Mutation 90
5.4 Genetic Engineering Technology 100
5.5 Variation 103
Chapter 6 Support, Movement and Growth 112
6.1 Support, Movement and Growth in Animals 114
6.2 Human Movement and Growth 128
6.3 Support, Growth and Stability in Plants 133
iii
Content.indd 3 22/10/2019 8:37 AM

Chapter 7 Body Coordination 142
7.1 Human Endocrine System 144
7.2 Disruptions to Body Coordination 152
7.3 Healthy Mind 158
Theme 3 Exploration of Elements in Nature
Chapter 8 Elements and Substances 166
8.1 Matter 168
8.2 Modern Periodic Table of Elements 171
8.3 Isotope 175
Chapter 9 Chemicals in Industry 182
9.1 Alloy 184
9.2 Glass and Ceramic 189
9.3 Polymer 192
Chapter 10 Chemicals in Medicine and Health 202
10.1 Traditional Medicine, Modern Medicine and Complementary Medicine 204
10.2 Free Radicals 212
10.3 Antioxidant Substances 214
10.4 Health Products 217
Theme 4 Energy and Sustainability of Life
Chapter 11 Force and Motion 224
11.1 Linear Motion 226
11.2 Linear Motion Graphs 235
11.3 Gravitational Acceleration and Free Fall 239
11.4 Mass and Inertia 246
Chapter 12 Nuclear Energy 254
12.1 The Use of Nuclear Energy 256
12.2 The Production of Nuclear Energy 258
12.3 Impact of Using Nuclear Energy 263
12.4 Nuclear Energy in Malaysia 266
Answers 271
Laboratory Rules and Safety Measures 276
Glossary 277
References 279
Index 280
iv
Content.indd 4 22/10/2019 8:37 AM

1 Scientific
THEME
Methodology
• What should you do if

there is an accident in
the laboratory?
• Do you know what CPR is?
• How do we measure the
health level of our body?
Theme.indd 1 07/10/2019 11:32 AM

Chapter
1 Safety Measures in
the Laboratory
Keywords
Face mask
Gloves
Fume chamber
Biological waste
substances
Mercury poisoning
Types of fire
extinguishers
Chap 01.indd 2 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

What are the examples of personal protective

equipment and their functions?
What are the characteristics of substances that
cannot be disposed into sinks?
How should biological waste substances
be managed?
How should accidents in the laboratory
be handled?
How many types of fire extinguishers are there?
S c i e n c e Digest
Mercury Spill in
School Labora
On Wednesday tory
, 2 May 2018, a
quarantined fo to tal of 21 studen
r about 20 min ts and a teache
thermometer at utes due to a m r were
a secondary sc ercu ry spill from a br
when the studen hool. The incide oken
ts conducted an nt occurred at 2.
ex periment in the 20 p.m.
A team of 10 fir science lab.
efighters was ru
emergency call shed to the scen
at 2.24 p.m. e after receivin
The firefighters g an
responded quic
disinfection proc kl y to quarantine
ess took place. the area, before
completed at 3. The disinfectio the
30 p.m. n work at the sc
ene was
Source: myMetro
Andawill
You akan belajar
learn tentang:
about:
personal protective equipment
disposal of waste
fire extinguishers
3
Chap 01.indd 3 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

1.1 Personal Protective Equipment
You learned about safety rules and measures in the laboratory in Form 1. In order to keep you safe
in the lab, there is a variety of protective equipment that you need to know and use correctly.
Personal Protective Equipment on a

Student and Their Functions
Personal protective equipment is needed to protect the wearer
from danger.
Goggles
Protect the eyes from hazardous chemical
substances such as acid, bromine, ammonia and
reactive metals.
Face mask
Protects the nose and mouth from inhaling pungent
and volatile chemical substances and dust.
Gloves
Gloves made of rubber protect the hands from
hazardous chemical substances.
Lab coat
A lab coat is made up of safety layers and is easily
removed if there is an emergency. The lab coat is
important to protect clothing from damage.
Closed shoes/safety shoes

Closed shoes must be worn in the laboratory.
Their function is to protect the feet from chemical
substance spills and glass splinters.
Photograph 1.1 Personal protective equipment on a student
4
1.1.1
Chap 01.indd 4 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

Personal Protective Equipment in the Laboratory

Personal protective equipment that is available in the laboratory includes the safety shower,
eyewash station, fume chamber and laminar flow cabinet. Even though there is personal protective
equipment in the laboratory, every accident or injury in the laboratory must be reported
immediately to the teacher.
Safety shower
Laminar flow
cabinet
The safety shower is used to
This cabinet is used to immediately clean and rinse
avoid contamination parts of the body or
when microbiological clothing that have
activities are carried out. come into contact with
chemical substances.
Fume chamber
Eyewash station
The fume chamber is used
to carry out experiments
that use substances which The eyewash station is
are volatile, flammable, used to immediately rinse
poisonous, corrosive and wash the eye that has
or pungent. come into contact with
Photograph 1.2 Personal protective equipment in the laboratory

5
1.1.1
Chap 01.indd 5 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 1.1
1. Give three examples of personal protective equipment that must be worn in the laboratory.
2. Hariz’s eye was accidentally splashed with dilute sulphuric acid. What action does Hariz need
to take?
3. Tick (✓) for the right action.
(a) Amardev wears goggles when mixing acid and water.
(b) Aqil wears slippers while carrying out an experiment.
(c) Mira cleans the spilled chemical substance on the laboratory

table using her hands.

1.2 Disposal of Waste

Waste that Can be Disposed of into Sinks and Waste that
Cannot be Disposed of into Sinks
After you have carried out an experiment, how should you manage the waste from the experiment?
Can all waste substances be disposed of into sinks?
Photograph 1.3 Examples of waste substances from the laboratory

Waste substances can be divided into two types:
(i) substances that can be disposed of into sinks
(ii) substances that cannot be disposed of into sinks
Substances that can be disposed of into sinks are substances that

have low concentration and are non-hazardous such as neutral
substances, weak acids and weak alkalis.
6
1.2.1
Chap 01.indd 6 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

Examples of substances that cannot be disposed of into sinks are:

• solid waste
• substances with pH value lower than 5 and more than 9
• organic solvent compounds
• chemical substances (acid, grease, oil, oil paint,
hydrogen peroxide)
• toxic substances
• heavy metals
• organic waste substances (microbes, carcasses)
• radioactive waste
• volatile substances
• reactive substances
These substances can pollute the environment and are hazardous to living things.
21st Century Skills

Aim: To search for the effects of disposing substances that cannot be
disposed of into the sink.
Instructions:
2. Find the effects of disposing the following substances into the sink:
• solid waste
• substances with pH less than 5 and more than 9
• grease and oil
• heavy metals
• organic waste (microbe and animal carcass)
3. Use various resources such as the Internet and the library to obtain relevant information.
4. Present the results of your discussion in class.
Managing Biological Waste Substances ience Gallery

Science
Sc
Biological waste
substances include
What are you disposed biological
disposing? Not all substances that can
cause serious harm
biological waste
or biological hazards.
substances can be
These biological waste
disposed of into substances include
the sink or dustbin waste materials,
in the laboratory. tissue, carcasses,
culture medium, plastic
Really, teacher? What containers, glass
Biological waste substances are is the proper way to and gloves.
managed by using Standard Operating manage biological
Procedure (SOP). Let us look at the waste substances?
types of biological waste substances
and the SOP to manage them.
1.2.2 7
1.2.3
Chap 01.indd 7 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

The Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for the disposal of biological waste products is the
procedure that is used for the purpose of managing biological waste substances in a laboratory.
Table 1.1 Standard Operating Procedure for disposal of biological waste substances
Waste substance
Category A Category B Category C Category D
category
Type of biological
Sharp equipment Non-sharp solids Carcasses, organs Liquid
waste substance
Examples • Syringe • Gloves • Lab animals • Blood

• Needle • Tissue • Experimental • Serum
• Scalpel blade • Culture medium animals
Biological waste • Placed in special • Packaged • Wrapped in • Decontaminated

management containers (sharps and placed in absorbent material by autoclave
waste bins) biohazard (tissue paper), • Disposed of directly
• Not autoclaved plastic bags packaged well in a into sewage system
• Container is stored • Autoclaved biohazard plastic through the sink
in a safe place and placed into bag and frozen or toilet
before disposal biohazard bins before disposal
Waste substance category:

Carry out the
Category A − Temporarily stored in a safe place
separation of
Category B − Placed in a leak-proof autoclave bag and autoclaved
waste at the
(temperature 121°C, pressure 15 psi, 20 minutes)
source correctly.
Category C − Packaged carefully and temporarily stored in a freezer
Waste that has been

Waste that has been packaged is labelled and placed in biohazard
decontaminated
bins. Biohazard bins are temporarily stored in a safe, controlled
is placed into a
condition and cooled before centralised disposal is carried out.
biohazard bag.
Figure 1.1 Flow chart of Standard Operating Procedure for disposal of biological waste substances
(Source: Laboratory Management, Department of Chemistry, Faculty of Science, UTM)
21st Century Skills

Aim: To create a multimedia presentation about new ideas to manage
biological waste substances in the future.
Instructions:
2. Discuss new ideas on how to manage biological waste substances that cannot be accommodated by
Earth in the future, such as inventing disposal equipment or future incinerators.
3. Present the results of your group discussion in the form of a multimedia presentation.
8 1.2.3
Chap 01.indd 8 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

Steps to Handle Accidents in the Laboratory ience Gallery

Science
Sc
Accidents can happen in the laboratory because of carelessness, Types of accidents that
negligence, events beyond expectation or lack of skills or knowledge commonly occur in the
in carrying out a science experiment. laboratory:
• Hand cut by
glass splinter
When carrying out an experiment, your friend spills a type of • Hand splashed by
chemical substance on the table. What should you do? concentrated acid
or alkali
• Small fire
• Contact with residue
from the reaction of
reactive metals
Inform the Make the Stop the spillage • Broken thermometer
• Gas leak
teacher or the spillage area a from spreading • Electric shock
laboratory restricted zone. by using sand
assistant to form a
immediately. boundary.
Brain Teaser
Teaser
What is the first step
that you should take if
your friend’s eye comes
Scoop the chemical spillage. Disposed of it safely. into contact with a
chemical substance?
A thermometer that is dropped and broken will cause mercury spillage. Do you know
about the dangers of mercury? Mercury poisoning happens when someone touches it
or it absorbs through the skin in certain quantities. Mercury can attack the nervous
system, digestive tract, reproductive system and kidneys. Thus, attention must be given to
handle mercury safely. What should you do if there is a mercury spillage in your school
science laboratory?
Inform the teacher or

Make the spillage area Sprinkle sulphur powder
the laboratory assistant
a restricted zone. onto the spillage.
immediately.
Call the Fire Department.
Example of organisation that manage and prepare safety modules in the laboratory:
National Institute of Occupational Safety

and Health (NIOSH)
http://bukutekskssm.my/Science/F4/Pg9
INFORMATION
9
1.2.4
Chap 01.indd 9 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 1.2
1. Asri wants to dispose of concentrated hydrochloric acid with a pH value of 3 into a sink, but he
is stopped by Selvi. Is Selvi’s action correct? Why?
2. Tick (✓) for the substances that can be disposed of into a sink.
Distilled water Concentrated acid Radioactive substance
3. Explain briefly the disposal of carcasses.

4. What should be done if a thermometer breaks in the laboratory?
1.3 Fire Extinguishers

Types of Fire Extinguishers
A fire extinguisher is a device that is used to control or extinguish fire. There are four types of fire
extinguishers that are commonly used. Fire extinguishers are classified based on their medium.
The types of fire extinguishers that are commonly used are shown in Figure 1.2 below.
TYPES OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Carbon
Water Foam Dry powder
dioxide
Label colour: red Label colour: cream Label colour: black Label colour: blue
Extinguishes flammable Extinguishes flammable Extinguishes fire that Extinguishes all types
solids such as cloth, solids such as wood and involves electrical of fires.
paper and wood. paper as well as types appliances, gas
of liquid or gas that are and vapour.
flammable such as oil,
paint and natural gas.
Figure 1.2 Types of fire extinguishers
10
1.3.1
Chap 01.indd 10 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

Fires can be divided into a few types based on the substance that burns. Fire extinguishers are
used based on the potential sources of fire that are identified in a building or area. Table 1.2 shows
the types of fires and the fire extinguishers that are suitable to be used.
Table 1.2 Types of fires and fire extinguishers that are suitable for use
Type of fire
Type of fire Explanation
extinguisher
• Water
Fires that involve flammable solids (except metals) such as wood, paper,
Class A • Foam
cloth and any flammable material
• Dry powder
• Foam
Class B Fires that involve liquids such as petrol, kerosene, diesel, paint, and varnish • Dry powder
• Carbon dioxide
• Dry powder
Class C Fires that involve gases such as LPG, LNG, and oxygen
• Carbon dioxide
Fires that involve metals such as magnesium, aluminium, sodium,

Class D • Dry powder
and potassium
• Dry powder
Class E Fires that involve electrical appliances
• Carbon dioxide
• Dry powder
Class F Fires that involve fats and oils
• Carbon dioxide
Other fire extinguishers that are used include the ABC fire extinguisher, fire blanket, sand and
water. Sand can be used to extinguish early stage fire. Water can be used to extinguish fire except fire
resulting from oil.
Fire blanket
• Made of two layers of glass fibres

ABC fire extinguisher • Able to extinguish small or moderate
fires that are difficult to extinguish
with water
• Extinguishes fire on the victim when it
• Can be used for all types of fires
is wrapped around him
except fire that results from metals and
gases that will not allow explosion
• Not harmful to human and animal
• Does not pollute the soil
• Easy to maintain
(at least once a year)
• Moisture produced lasts longer, thus
preventing fire from spreading again
Photograph 1.4 ABC fire extinguisher Photograph 1.5 Fire blanket
11
1.3.1
Chap 01.indd 11 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

ience Gallery
Science
Sc How to Use a Fire Extinguisher
Simple fire safety checklist: Fire extinguishers are very easy to use. Nevertheless, we need to learn
✓ Install smoke detectors the correct way of using a fire extinguisher.
✓ Ensure that there is an
emergency plan and
an emergency route
from each room. All the
occupants should be
1
aware and also trained
• Remove the safety pin from the
to use it fire extinguisher.
✓ Use light bulbs with • Ensure that the fire extinguisher
suitable wattage is positioned upright.
✓ Store electrical
appliances that
produce heat at
least 1 metre away
from curtains,
furniture and other • Aim the nozzle of the fire
flammable equipment
extinguisher at the base of
2
✓ Avoid charging
electronic equipment
the fire.
on the bed • Ensure that you are at a
or unattended distance of around 2.0 – 2.5
✓ Check electrical wiring metres from the fire.
from time to time to
identify any damages
in order to prevent
fire resulting from
short circuits
3
✓ Avoid making
unauthorised • Squeeze the handle on the top
extensions or
overloading
of the fire extinguisher.
electrical circuits
✓ Place matches and
lighters out of the reach
of children
4
✓ Store containers filled
with flammable liquid • Spray evenly on the entire
far from fire sources fire source by sweeping the
and children nozzle from side to side.
✓ Keep one dry powder
or ABC-type fire
extinguisher at
your home
12
1.3.2
Chap 01.indd 12 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

Activity 1.3 Role-play
Aim: To demonstrate how to use a fire extinguisher. 21st Century Skills

Instructions:
1. Carry out this activity in groups. Each group consists of four members.
2. Choose a member who will play the role of a firefighter.
3. The student who plays the firefighter is given 5 minutes to read the instructions on how to use the
fire extinguisher. The student can look up the information from the Internet, research or ask the
laboratory assistant or teacher.
4. After 5 minutes, the student must play the role of a firefighter using the fire extinguisher. Observe
the demonstration.
5. Choose another group member to be the firefighter and role-play until every member has
successfully used the fire extinguisher.
Carrying Out an Audit on Fire Extinguishers at School

Pressure
Expiry date
Usually, a few fire extinguishers are gauge
available and placed around the school. JABATAN BOMBA DAN
However, can the fire extinguishers in PENYELAMAT MALAYSIA
your school function well if there is

APA Number : UF052013Y956608
a fire?
How would you carry out an audit Type of fire
on the fire extinguishers at your school? extinguisher Expiry Date : 14-12-2019
MENTARI APARTMENT,
50088 KUALA LUMPUR.
... ...
Activity 1.4 Round Table
Aim: To carry out an audit on fire extinguishers at school. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
1. Carry out this activity in groups. Each group should consist of four members.
2. Collect information about the fire extinguishers in the school compound.
3. Record:
(a) the types of fire extinguishers
(b) expiry date of fire extinguishers
(c) pressure reading on the fire extinguishers
(d) the number of fire extinguishers based on types
(e) the location of fire extinguishers in the school’s emergency route plan
4. Pass your respective records in a clockwise direction. The other members must correct your record if
there is any error.
5. After 30 minutes, return to the laboratory and present your findings.
13
1.3.3
Chap 01.indd 13 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

Creating a Simple Fire Extinguisher
Activity 1.5 STEM Project
The kitchen has a variety of flammable substances such as flour, sugar and oil. The existence of
fuel can also be a source of fire at home.
Based on the problem statement above, create a simple fire extinguisher that works by using materials
available at home.
The following are the basic steps of the STEM activity that must be carried out by students:
1. Raise questions and identify the problems
2. Develop and use a model
3. Plan and carry out an investigation in the form of inquiry
4. Analyse and interpret the obtained data
5. Use mathematical thinking and computational thinking
6. Create explanations and design solutions
7. Involve in debates and discussions based on evidence
8. Obtain information, then evaluate and communicate the information
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 1.3
1. State four types of fire extinguishers.
2. What is the function of a fire blanket? Explain how it can save victims of small fires.
3. Arrange the correct sequence in using a fire extinguisher.
P Q R
14
1.3.4
Chap 01.indd 14 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

Chap 01.indd 15
SAFETY MEASURES IN
THE LABORATORY
Personal Protective
Disposal of Waste Fire Extinguishers
Equipment
• Goggles Substances that can be Types of fire

disposed of into the sink extinguishers
• Gloves
• Lab coat
Substances that cannot be Using a fire
• Lab shoes
disposed of into the sink extinguisher
• Face mask
• Safety shower
Managing biological Auditing fire
• Eyewash station waste substances extinguishers
• Fume chamber
• Laminar flow cabinet Steps to handle accidents Creating a simple fire
in the laboratory extinguisher
15
31/10/2019 3:21 PM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
1.1 Personal Protective Equipment
Explain and give examples of personal protective equipment and their functions.
1.2 Disposal of Waste
Explain with examples of substances that can be disposed of into the sink.
Characterise substances that cannot be disposed of into the sink.
Manage biological waste substances.
Communicate steps to handle accidents in the laboratory.
1.3 Fire Extinguishers
Identify the types of fire extinguishers.
Explain how to use a fire extinguisher.
Carry out an audit on fire extinguishers at school.
Create a simple fire extinguisher.
Summative
Sum Practice
mative Practice 1 Objective Questions
1. (a) Give three examples of personal protective equipment that can be found in your school
laboratory.
(b) Why is the school laboratory regarded as a restricted area?

(c) Jasman disposed of lemon juice, the waste from a science activity, into the sink.
Justify Jasman’s action.
16
Chap 01.indd 16 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

2. Figure 1 shows a fire that is happening in the science laboratory.
Ethanol
Figure 1
(a) Based on the picture given, state:
(i) the type of fire
(ii) the suitable fire extinguisher to stop the fire
(b) In your opinion, why did the fire occur?
(c) Azhar was at the scene when the fire happened. State the steps that Azhar should follow to
extinguish the fire.
(d) As a precautionary step, fire extinguisher audits should always be carried out. State five things
that should be observed when the audit is being carried out in your school.
Mind hallenge
Challenge
C
3. When you enter the laboratory, do you always have to wear a face mask?
Explain your answer.
4. Haziq received a task to carry out an experiment to determine the boiling point of salt water.
Explain how Haziq can ensure that all the safety measures in the laboratory are observed
while he is carrying out the experiment.
5. Explain the correct steps to disposed of sharp objects that have been used in experiments
in the science laboratory.
17
Chap 01.indd 17 31/10/2019 3:21 PM

Chapter
2 Emergency Help
Keywords
CPR procedure
Chest compression
Mouth-to-mouth
resuscitation
Heimlich Manoeuvre
Choking
18
Chap 02.indd 18 22/10/2019 9:20 AM

Emergency Help Chapter 2
What do you need to do if you come across

someone who is unconscious or choking in a public
place before the victim is taken to the hospital?
How do you perform CPR and Heimlich Manoeuvre?
What is the importance of these methods of
emergency help?
999 Emergency
Helpline
The 999 emerge
ncy helpline is an
combines five ag emergency num
encies, which ar ber that
Force, Royal Mal e, Malaysia Civil
aysia Police, Min De fence
and Rescue Depa istry of Health M
rtment of Malay al aysia, Fire
Enforcement Ag sia and Malaysian
ency to ease the Maritime
immediately. Ea public to get em
ch emergency ca ergency help
line is free and th ll that is made th
e caller’s numbe rough this
calls can be trac r is recorded so
ed. As a responsi th at prank
number only whe ble Malaysian, co
n you require em ntact this
ergency services
.
Andawill
You akan belajar
learn tentang:
about:
cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
Heimlich Manoeuvre
19
Chap 02.indd 19 22/10/2019 9:20 AM

2.1 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)
Definition of CPR
Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
or CPR is an emergency aid that
involves a combination of chest
compressions and breathing into
the mouth of the victim to restore
their heartbeat and breathing.
What situations require CPR?
Photograph 2.1 A group of students learning to do CPR

(Photo source: The Star, Malaysia)
Situations that Require CPR

Figure 2.1 is a circle map that shows several situations of individuals requiring CPR.
Hospital Website
If an individual is
not breathing
If an individual Situations of
does not respond individuals
to stimulus requiring CPR
If an individual
has no heartbeat
or pulse
Medical book
Figure 2.1 Situations of individuals requiring CPR
20
2.1.1
Chap 02.indd 20 22/10/2019 9:21 AM

The situations in Figure 2.1 might be caused by:
Heart attack
Electric shock
Drowning
Lightning strike
Figure 2.2 Causes of situations that require CPR

21
2.1.1
Chap 02.indd 21 22/10/2019 9:21 AM

CPR is a simple procedure that does not require any equipment. The public is
greatly encouraged to learn the CPR procedure correctly so that they can help
CPR to save someone’s life before the paramedics arrive. If this procedure is not
performed correctly, the victim’s ribs may be fractured or the air that is blown
Procedure
into the victim’s mouth may not reach the lungs. Let us look at the correct
CPR steps for an adult.
Check the victim’s responses

When you see someone suddenly collapses
1
and becomes unconscious, attend to the
victim and make sure that the surrounding
area is safe. Then, check the victim’s
responses. Tap the victim’s shoulder and ask,
“Are you OK?” If there is no response, shout
“Help” and ask for help from any bystander to
contact the 999 emergency helpline.
2 Open the airway

Ensure that the victim is lying down on a flat
surface with the chest facing upwards. Tilt the
head back and lift the chin to open up the
airway. Check whether the victim is breathing
or not by listening for the breathing sound
from his mouth or nose. Observe the
movement of the victim’s chest.
Figure 2.3 CPR procedure

22
2.1.2
Chap 02.indd 22 22/10/2019 9:21 AM

3 Chest compressions
If no pulse or breath is detected, the chest
compression technique must be performed in order
to restore blood circulation in the victim’s body.
Place the heel of one hand on the centre of the
victim’s chest. Ensure that your arms are straightened,
cover the first hand with your other hand and
interlock your fingers.
Rise and lean your body to the front slightly with
your shoulders vertically above the victim’s chest, and
press down at least 5 cm and not more than 6 cm.
Release the compression with your hands still on
the victim’s chest. Allow the chest to return to its
normal position.
Chest compressions are performed at a rate of
100 − 120 compressions per minute.
Hand
position
Mouth-to-mouth resuscitation
4
If there is still no breath, pinch the victim’s nose and blow the air
into the victim’s mouth for 1 second. This step enables oxygenated
air to enter the trachea and reach the lungs.
CPR Procedure
5
my/Science/F4/CPR_ Chest compressions are performed 30
VIDEO Pg23.mp4
times followed by 2 times mouth-to-mouth
resuscitation until the ambulance arrives
(Source: Basic Life Support Training or until the victim regains consciousness. If
Manual, published by Ministry of the victim breathes but is still unconscious,
Health Malaysia) position the victim’s body on his side.
23
2.1.2
Chap 02.indd 23 22/10/2019 9:21 AM

Activity 2.1 Demonstration
Aim: To learn how to carry out the CPR procedure. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
1. Organise a First Aid Course for Form 4 students in your school with
the cooperation of the St. John Ambulance of Malaysia (SJAM) or the Note:
Malaysian Red Crescent Society (MRCS). Activity 2.1, page 24
2. Contact the nearest SJAM or MRCS to get more information about and Activity 2.2, page 28
organising a course with the help of their paramedics. are to be conducted
3. Request the paramedics to demonstrate the correct CPR procedure. simultaneously.
ience Gallery
Science
Sc
Importance of CPR
Based on the latest You learned about blood transportation and respiration in Form 3.
CPR Guidelines The CPR procedure is performed to restore the victim’s blood
(American Heart circulation and to supply oxygen to the body of the victim. Chest
Association, 2016), if
you are uncomfortable
compression method is used to produce artificial blood circulation
with mouth-to-mouth by pumping blood through the heart. This method is very important
resuscitation, the chest for continuous blood circulation in the victim’s body, especially for
compression method a victim who is experiencing a heart attack that causes the heart to
can also help to save a
victim’s life. stop functioning, and to save the victim’s life at the same time.
Apart from giving chest compressions, CPR also involves
breathing aid for the victim. Mouth-to-mouth resuscitation enables
the victim to receive oxygenated air into his lungs. Oxygen will
reach the brain and the whole body. Brain damage could happen if
oxygen does not reach the brain within a certain period of time.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 2.1
1. Explain the meaning of cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR).
2. Give three situations that cause breathing or the heartbeat to stop.
3. Muthu and his father were watching television at home when his father had a heart attack and
became unconscious. Can Muthu perform CPR on his father? Explain your answer.
4. If you have never learned the correct way of performing chest compressions, can you carry out
this method on a victim who needs emergency help? What could you do to help?
24 2.1.2
2.1.3
Chap 02.indd 24 22/10/2019 9:21 AM

2.2 Heimlich Manoeuvre
Definition of Heimlich Manoeuvre History Corner

The Heimlich Manoeuvre is an emergency procedure that is In 1974, Dr. Henry
Heimlich, a thoracic
carried out to save an individual who is choking. Choking is specialist surgeon,
a situation that happens when the respiratory tract is blocked invented the
because of food or a foreign object. Heimlich Manoeuvre.
The Heimlich Manoeuvre must be performed

immediately if you find someone who is experiencing the
following situations:
ience Gallery
Science
Sc
1 2 How does someone get
choked?
Holding the Unable to
neck with speak or
both hands cough
Epiglottis
Victim’s situations Food
Oesophagus
that require the Trachea
Heimlich Manoeuvre
When someone swallows
3 4 food, the epiglottis folds
and blocks the respiratory
Skin, lips and tract (trachea). Food
nails appear Difficulty in continues to move
bluish or breathing into the oesophagus
heading to the stomach.
blackish If food blocks the
respiratory tract, the
person will choke.
Figure 2.4 Victim’s situations that require the
Heimlich Manoeuvre
The Importance of the Heimlich Manoeuvre

As you already know, the human body and brain always need oxygen. Oxygen is obtained from
the air and inhaled into the human lungs. It is then absorbed into all the cells of the human body,
including the brain. However, when someone is choking, the respiratory tract is blocked and prevents
oxygen from reaching the lungs. This will provide insufficient oxygen to the brain. If the emergency
help is given too late, the victim can experience brain damage or worse, it will result in death.
25
2.2.1
Chap 02.indd 25 22/10/2019 9:21 AM

Heimlich Manoeuvre
Similar to CPR, this method does not require any equipment and should be learned by the public
in order to save the life of a choking victim. Let us look at how this method is performed.
2
Put your arms
around the victim
from behind and
clench a fist with
your right hand.
1
Stand behind the
victim and bend his
body slightly forward.
Figure 2.5 Heimlich Manoeuvre
26
2.2.2
Chap 02.indd 26 22/10/2019 9:21 AM

3
Place your right fist
between the navel and
below the ribs of the victim.
Place your left hand on top
of your right fist.
4 Press and jerk upwards

with quick force. The
pressure given will
increase pressure in the
lungs, causing the foreign
object to be ejected.
Heimlich Manoeuvre
http://bukutekskssm.my/Science/F4/
HeimlichManoeuvre_Pg27.mp4
VIDEO
(Source: Basic Life Support Training Manual,
published by Ministry of Health Malaysia)
27
2.2.2
Chap 02.indd 27 22/10/2019 9:21 AM

If there is no one around when you are choking, the best
way to save yourself is to place your hands (following
the Heimlich Manoeuvre) between the navel and below
the ribs. Try to exert pressure on that area by bending
your body. If you have no strength, find an object that
is about the height of your waist such as a chair or table,
bend forward and push your body with all your strength
against the object.
Figure 2.6 Performing Heimlich

Manoeuvre on yourself
Activity 2.2 Demonstration
Aim: To learn how to carry out the Heimlich Manoeuvre. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
1. Carry out this activity simultaneously with Activity 2.1.
2. Request the paramedics to carry out a demonstration session to show the correct procedure of
performing the Heimlich Manoeuvre.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 2.2
1. Explain what is meant by the Heimlich Manoeuvre.
2. Amirul is eating in a restaurant with his grandfather.
Suddenly, his grandfather shows the signs of choking.
What should he do to help his grandfather?
Your explanation must cover all the steps that
are taken.
3. What is the importance of learning the
Heimlich Manoeuvre?
28
2.2.2
Chap 02.indd 28 22/10/2019 9:21 AM

Chap 02.indd 29
EMERGENCY HELP
Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
Heimlich Manoeuvre
(CPR)
Definition Definition
Not breathing
Not responsive to stimulus
Situation Situation Choking
No heartbeat
or pulse
Importance Importance
Method Method
29
22/10/2019 9:21 AM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
2.1 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)
State the meaning of CPR and the situations that require CPR.
Demonstrate CPR procedure.
Explain the importance of CPR.
2.2 Heimlich Manoeuvre
Explain the Heimlich Manoeuvre and its importance.
Demonstrate the Heimlich Manoeuvre.
Summative
Sum Practice
1. Figure 1 shows two methods of emergency help, P and Q.
P Q
Figure 1
(a) State the methods of emergency help, P and Q.
(b) What is the effect on both victims if no one provides immediate help?
2. Ronnie falls into the river while crossing the bridge. At

the time of the incident, Khairul is also crossing the
bridge and manages to pull Ronnie out of the river.
(a) What emergency help does Khairul need to
perform if he finds that Ronnie is unconscious
and has no pulse after being pulled out of
the river?
(b) If Khairul successfully performs the emergency
help stated in 2(a) on Ronnie, what is the next
step that he needs to take?
Figure 2
30
Chap 02.indd 30 22/10/2019 9:21 AM

3. Figure 3 shows food blocking the respiratory tract.
Epiglottis
Food
Oesophagus
Trachea
Figure 3
(a) What happens if someone’s respiratory tract is blocked?

(b) Briefly explain how the Heimlich Manoeuvre can help the victim.
(c) Can the Heimlich Manoeuvre be performed on a pregnant woman? What can be done to save
a pregnant woman who is choking?
4.
Jia Hui has a habit of talking while she eats and she is often scolded by her mother. One day,
while she is eating with her friends, she starts to choke.
(a) What emergency help must be performed by her friends to save Jia Hui?
(b) Explain the method that you stated in 4(a).
Mind hallenge
Challenge
C
5. Emergency help is the first aid or treatment that is given to someone who is suddenly sick or
becomes unconscious while waiting for help to arrive. One day, Saiful suddenly collapses and
becomes unconscious at a shopping mall. If you are at the scene of the incident, suggest a
first aid method that you will give.
Your answer must be based on the following aspects:
(a) identify the aim
(b) identify the first aid methods available
(c) list the available options according to priority
(d) make a choice and give a reason for your choice
31
Chap 02.indd 31 22/10/2019 9:21 AM

Chapter
3 Techniques of Measuring the

Parameters of Body Health
Keywords
Temperature
Thermometer
Fever
Pulse
Heart
High blood pressure
Obesity
32
Chap 03.indd 32 22/10/2019 10:00 AM

e What is the correct technique to measure

body temperature?
What is pulse rate?
What is the instrument used to measure
blood pressure?
How is blood pressure measured and recorded?
What is Body Mass Index (BMI)?
Healthy Lifestyl
e Cam paign
There is a saying
, ‘health is wealth
health problem ’. If we are experie
s, we cannot carr ncing
effectively. Man y ou t our daily activ
y campaigns ha ities
the public on ta ve been organise
king care of thei d to educate
Lifestyle Campa r health such as
ign’ so that peop the ‘Healthy
of the healthy lif le can remain he
estyle practices althy. One
medical check-up is to have regula
s. People should r scheduled
they are sick. Th not only see a do
erefore, we mus ctor when
check-ups to kn t schedule regu
ow the condition lar medical
take appropriate of our health so
action. We can al that we can
of our body heal so measure the
th if we know th parameters
learn about the e correct techni
techniques of m que. Let us
body health in th easuring the pa
is topic. rameters of
You
Andawill
akanlearn about:
belajar tentang:
body temperature
pulse rate
blood pressure
Body Mass Index (BMI)
33
Chap 03.indd 33 22/10/2019 10:00 AM

3.1 Body Temperature
Do you know what temperature is? Temperature is a measurement

ba ck
back of the degree of hotness and coldness of a substance. Body
The skin and the temperature is the measurement of the degree of hotness and
endocrine system are coldness of our body. We must ensure that our body temperature is
important to regulate
body temperature.
always in the normal range. Understanding body temperature is very
important because any change in our body temperature whether it
is higher or lower, is a sign that our body has a health problem. Our
body temperature ensures our body functions at optimal levels. How
do we measure body temperature and what instrument is used to
measure body temperature?
CHEONG
Body temperature is measured by using a thermometer.

There are four types of thermometers that can be used.
Let us look at Figure 3.1 below.
Types of thermometers
Clinical Laboratory Rectal Infrared

thermometer thermometer thermometer thermometer
• Measures body • Measures the • Measures body • Measures body

temperature temperature temperature temperature
• Measures of liquids through the without having
temperature in • Measures rectum any contact with
the range of 35°C temperature in the body
to 42°C the range of -10°C
to 110°C
Figure 3.1 Types of thermometers
34
3.1.1
Chap 03.indd 34 22/10/2019 10:00 AM

Measuring Body Temperature with the

Correct Technique
Clinical Thermometer
1. Before using a thermometer, make sure its temperature is lower
than 35°C. If the temperature exceeds 35°C, the thermometer
should be shaken until the reading is lower than 35°C.
2. Place the thermometer under the armpit or in the mouth for
about 2 to 3 minutes (or until a ‘beep’ sound is heard, if you are
using a digital clinical thermometer).
3. Pull out the thermometer and record the reading.
The kink in the clinical thermometer

is to ensure that the mercury
does not go down quickly after
it is removed from the mouth or Photograph 3.1 Technique
the armpit. This is to give a more to measure body temperature
accurate reading. This kink is not using a clinical thermometer
found in the laboratory thermometer.
Figure 3.2 Kink in the clinical thermometer
Laboratory Thermometer
1. The laboratory thermometer is not suitable to measure body
ba ck
back
temperature because the laboratory thermometer does not have
a kink in the mercury tube. The clinical thermometer
2. When the thermometer is removed from the body, whether with an accuracy of
from the mouth or the armpit, the temperature reading will go 0.1°C, whereas, the
down quickly. This will cause the reading to be inaccurate. laboratory thermometer
3. If the laboratory thermometer is used to measure body
with an accuracy of 1°C.
temperature, the reading must be taken when the thermometer
is still in the mouth or under the armpit to ensure accuracy.
Rectal Thermometer
1. The rectal thermometer is usually used for infants less than
3 months old. Make sure that the thermometer used is labelled
for rectal use.
2. Clean the tip of the thermometer with alcohol.
3. Dab some petroleum jelly on the thermometer tip to
make it easier for the thermometer to be inserted into the
infant’s rectum.
4. Raise the infant’s legs as shown in Figure 3.3.
5. Insert 1.5 − 2.5 cm of the thermometer into the infant’s rectum. Figure 3.3 Technique to
6. Allow the thermometer to remain there until a ‘beep’ sound measure body temperature
is heard. using a rectal thermometer
7. Record the temperature.
35
3.1.1
Chap 03.indd 35 22/10/2019 10:00 AM

Infrared Thermometer
1. The infrared thermometer can be used
without any contact with the individual.
2. Aim the thermometer on the forehead at a
distance of about 5 cm from the individual
(do not aim the thermometer directly or
indirectly at the eyes).
3. Record the temperature.
4. Taking temperature with this thermometer
is very quick. Photograph 3.2 Technique to measure body
temperature using an infrared thermometer
ba ck
back
Interpreting Body Temperature
Homeostasis is a
mechanism that regulates A normal human body temperature is 36.9°C. The increase or
body temperature so that decrease of this temperature shows that your body is not in a healthy
it remains in a balanced
and stable state.
condition. Do you know the factors that can cause your body
temperature to be above the normal reading?
Factors that can cause body temperature to be above normal reading
Infection Exposure to extreme heat Exercise
Bacteria Heat stroke Vigorous exercise
Virus Extreme sunburn
Figure 3.4 Factors that can cause body temperature to be above normal reading
When your body temperature is above

37°C, you may be having a fever. Body
temperature also goes below the normal
temperature if you are exposed to extreme
cold. This condition can also lead to death.
36 3.1.1
3.1.2
Chap 03.indd 36 22/10/2019 10:00 AM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 3.1
1. State the differences between the clinical thermometer and the rectal thermometer.
2. State three factors that can cause body temperature to go above normal reading.
3. What do you need to do if your body temperature goes above normal reading for more than
3 days?
3.2 Pulse Rate
Pulse Points on the Body

You learned about pulse rate in Form 3. Pulse rate is the measurement of the number of
heartbeats per minute (bpm). There are a few areas on the body where the pulse can be felt. These
are pulse points. In these areas, the arteries are located very close to the surface of the skin.
When the heart beats, the pulse is sent to these arteries and can be felt through the skin. Doctors
usually take the pulse at the wrist because it is clear, prominent and easy. Figure 3.5 shows the
pulse points on the human body.
Figure 3.5 Pulse points on the human body
37
3.2.1
Chap 03.indd 37 22/10/2019 10:00 AM

Let us carry a few experiments to determine how gender, age and physical activities affect our
pulse rate.
Experiment 3.1
A Human pulse rate based on gender 21st Century Skills
Aim: To study the effect of gender on the human pulse rate.
Problem statement: Does the human pulse rate differ according to gender?
Hypothesis: Females have higher pulse rate compared to males.
Variables:
(a) manipulated: Gender
(b) responding: Pulse rate
(c) constant: Time period, age and type of physical activity
Apparatus: Stopwatch
Procedure:
1. Carry out this activity in pairs.
2. Count the pulse of male students for 1 minute as shown
in Figure 3.6. The female students hold the stopwatch to
keep the time. The male students take the pulse count.
3. Record the pulse count in 1 minute.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the female students. Figure 3.6
Result:
Gender Pulse rate (bpm)

Male
Female
Conclusion:
Is the hypothesis of this experiment accepted? What is the conclusion of this experiment?
Question:
Is there a difference between the pulse rates of male and female students?
B Human pulse rate based on age

Aim: To study the effect of age on the human pulse rate.
Problem statement: Does the human pulse rate differ according to age?
Hypothesis: The older a person is, the lower his pulse rate.
Variables:
(a) manipulated: Age
(c) constant: Time period, gender and type of physical activity
Procedure:
2. Count the pulse of one of the students in the group as shown in Figure 3.6. Another student holds
the stopwatch and keeps the time.
38 3.2.2
Chap 03.indd 38 22/10/2019 10:00 AM

3. Record the pulse count in 1 minute.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 with your teacher and the laboratory assistant. Make sure the gender of the
student taking the pulse count is the same as your teacher and the laboratory assistant.
Result:
Sample Age Pulse rate (bpm)
Student
Teacher
Laboratory assistant
Conclusion:
Question:
Is there a difference between the pulse rates based on the samples’ age?
C Human pulse rate based on physical activity

Aim: To study the effect of physical activity on the human pulse rate.
Problem statement: Does the human pulse rate differ according to the type of physical activity?
Hypothesis: The more vigorous the physical activity, the higher the pulse rate.
Variables:
(a) manipulated: Type of physical activity
(c) constant: Time period, age and gender
Procedure:
2. Ask a student from each group to perform three activities, that is, resting, walking and running. Carry
out each of the activities for two minutes.
(Note: Make sure the student rests for 5 minutes before starting with the next activity.)
3. Count the pulse of the student for 1 minute after each activity and record the readings in the
following table.
Result:
Type of physical Pulse rate (bpm)
activity Student 1 Student 2 Student 3 Student 4 Student 5 Student 6
Resting
Walking
Running
Conclusion:
Questions:
1. What is the inference that can be made based on the data obtained?
2. Does every student have the same pulse rate? Explain why.
39
3.2.2
Chap 03.indd 39 22/10/2019 10:00 AM

... ...
Activity 3.1 Simultaneous Round Table
21st Century Skills

Brain Teaser
Teaser Aim: To gather the information on the
human pulse rate.
When resting, the pulse
rate of an athlete is lower Instructions:
than the non-athletes. 1. Carry out this activity in groups. Each group consists of four
Why? members.
2. Gather information about the human pulse rate in relation to:
(a) health level
(b) fitness level
(c) emotions
(d) stress
3. Obtain information from printed media, electronic media
or interviews.
4. Pass your respective findings in a clockwise direction. The other
members of the group must correct their friend’s findings if
there is any error.
5. After 30 minutes, present your findings.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 3.2
1. What is the meaning of pulse rate?
2. Tick (✓) for the correct way of finding a pulse.
3. Ruzzana is pregnant. In your opinion, is Ruzanna’s pulse rate the same as a woman who is
not pregnant? Justify your answer.
4. One day, Azril took his pulse. After running in a park near his home, Azril took his pulse again. In
your opinion, will the pulse readings be the same? Justify your answer.
40
3.2.2
Chap 03.indd 40 22/10/2019 10:01 AM

3.3 Blood Pressure
Blood Pressure Measuring Instrument

You learned about measuring blood pressure in Form 3.
Blood pressure is the pressure applied by the blood on
the walls of the blood vessels during blood circulation. Blood
pressure is measured by using a sphygmomanometer. The unit for
measuring blood pressure is millimetres of mercury and the symbol
is mmHg.
Photograph 3.3 Digital
sphygmomanometer
The best standard instrument to measure blood pressure

is the sphygmomanometer that is used by medical
practitioners in hospitals and clinics along with the
stethoscope. Nevertheless, monitoring blood pressure at
home can be done by using a digital sphygmomanometer.
Measuring and Recording Blood Pressure

Blood pressure is measured by taking two readings. The top number
shows the pressure applied on the wall of blood vessels when the
heart muscles contract. This pressure is systolic pressure. The
bottom number shows the pressure applied on the wall of blood
vessels when the heart muscle is resting (between heartbeats), and
is called diastolic pressure. Both pressures are stated in millimetres
Photograph 3.4
of mercury (mmHg) because mercury was used in the first accurate Sphygmomanometer
pressure gauges and is still used as the standard unit of measurement
for pressure in medicine. The measurement of blood pressure is
recorded as systolic/diastolic (referred to as systolic per diastolic).
120/80 mmHg
Systolic Diastolic
pressure pressure
Figure 3.7 Blood pressure reading Photograph 3.5 Measuring blood pressure
3.3.1 41
3.3.2
Chap 03.indd 41 22/10/2019 10:01 AM

Blood Pressure Reading
Regular blood pressure readings can help you to measure your body’s health levels. Blood pressure
readings that are high and prolonged show that you might be experiencing high blood pressure.
Blood pressure readings that are low and prolonged show that you might be experiencing low
blood pressure. Table 3.1 shows blood pressure readings and their explanation.
Table 3.1 Classification of blood pressure readings for adults
Blood pressure category Systolic pressure (mmHg) Diastolic pressure (mmHg)
Optimal Less than 120 Less than 80
Normal 120 – 129 80 – 84
At risk 130 – 139 85 – 89
High blood pressure stage 1 140 – 159 90 – 99
High blood pressure stage 2 160 – 179 100 – 109
High blood pressure stage 3 180 and above 110 and above
(Source: Clinical Practice Guidelines on Management of Hypertension, 5th Edition, 2018)

High blood pressure does not usually have any clear symptoms. If this problem is not
well-controlled, it can lead to more serious problems such as stroke. The best way to track this
problem is by having regular medical check-ups.
... ...
Activity 3.2 Role-play
Aim: To demonstrate the way to take a blood pressure reading. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. A student plays the role of a doctor while another student plays the role of a patient.
3. Prepare to play the character of a doctor taking the blood pressure reading of a patient.
4. Role play in front of the class.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 3.3
1. What is the meaning of blood pressure?
2. What is the instrument used to measure blood pressure?
3. State the steps of measuring blood pressure.
4. What are the effects of having high blood pressure?
5. Give four early prevention steps to avoid high blood pressure.
42
3.3.3
Chap 03.indd 42 22/10/2019 10:01 AM

Calculating and Determining Body Mass Index

Body Mass Index, commonly known as BMI, is the
measurement of body mass against height. BMI can be Body mass (kg)
BMI =
calculated using a formula. (Height)2 (m2)
... ...
Activity 3.3 Spin-N-Think
Aim: To calculate and determine one’s BMI. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. The teacher supplies a spinning arrow.
3. Spin the arrow to determine which student needs to measure his/her BMI.
4. The student with the arrow pointed at him/her is the one who has to take his/her mass and height
measurements. Calculate the student’s BMI together.
5. Repeat this activity until all the group members know their respective BMI.
What is the importance of knowing our BMI? BMI is a way to

ience Gallery
Science
Sc
determine whether we have a body mass problem or not.
Studies show that the
After obtaining your BMI result, the chart in Table 3.2 below lifespan of a person
can be used to determine whether you are overweight, normal or with an ideal BMI,
underweight. which is, between
18.5 – 24.9 kg m-2 is
Table 3.2 Body Mass Index chart longer than a person
with a lower or higher BMI.
Source: myHEALTH Portal
BMI (kg m-2) Category:
< 18.5 Underweight

Brain Teaser
Teaser
What are factors that
18.5 – 24.9 Desirable weight can cause a person to
be overweight?
25.0 – 29.9 Overweight
30.0 or more Obese
43
3.4.1
Chap 03.indd 43 22/10/2019 10:01 AM

Interpreting Body Mass Index
Studies show that being overweight can cause serious health issues. Being overweight increases the
risk of suffering from serious illnesses such as heart attack, high blood pressure, stroke, diabetes
mellitus and complications of joints and bones.
Being underweight can also increase the risk of acquiring health problems such as
heart diseases, decrease in body's defence against diseases, fatigue, anaemia and depression.
Nevertheless, achieving and maintaining an ideal body weight through a healthy diet and
consistent physical activities can prevent these illnesses.
Ways to increase body mass egu

mes
dL
t an F
a
• Practise healthy and balanced diet based
ru
M
its
,
try
on the Malaysian food pyramid and the
oul
Fish, P
Malaysian Healthy Plate
• Eat at fixed times
• Consume snacks that are packed with
Rice,real P
Ce
nutrients to increase calories
N o ro
Ve
• Eat more nutritious food
ge
od du
ta
le c
B
b
,
le
r
ts e a d
s
an , C
d T erea
u b e ls,
rs
Ways to decrease body mass
• Set a realistic goal such as reducing half a kilogram Photograph

Figure 3.83.6
Malaysian
Malaysian
Healthy
Healthy
Plate
Plate
of mass weekly
• Monitor and record your body mass once a week
• Eat healthy foods in moderation based on the Malaysian food pyramid and the Malaysian
Healthy Plate
• Make a few changes to your eating habits such as changing your food
preparation method
• Reduce or avoid food with high sugar or fat content
• Do moderate exercises such as brisk walking, cycling and swimming for at least
30 minutes, three times a week
• Gain support from those who are close to you
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 3.4
1. What is the meaning of Body Mass Index?
2. What is the importance of calculating Body Mass Index?
3. If you have a BMI of 30.0, which category are you in?
4. What are the risks of being obese?
5. If we are underweight, will we be free of health issues? Justify
your answer.
44
3.4.2
Chap 03.indd 44 22/10/2019 10:01 AM

Chap 03.indd 45
TECHNIQUES OF MEASURING THE
PARAMETERS OF BODY HEALTH
Body
Pulse Rate Blood Pressure Body Mass Index (BMI)
Temperature
Definition Definition Definition Definition
Instrument for
Types of Pulse points on Formula for
measuring blood
thermometers the body calculating BMI
pressure
• High blood
Techniques of
Factors affecting pressure Body Mass
measuring body
pulse rate • Low blood Index chart
temperature
pressure
Underweight Desirable weight Overweight Obese
45
22/10/2019 10:01 AM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
3.1 Body Temperature
Measure body temperature using the correct technique.
Interpret body temperature readings.
3.2 Pulse Rate
Identify the pulse points on the body.
Carry out an experiment to determine the human pulse rate.
3.3 Blood Pressure
Identify the instrument for measuring blood pressure.
Measure and record blood pressure.
Interpret data from blood pressure readings.
Calculate and determine Body Mass Index
Interpret the Body Mass Index and make decisions on what to do next.
Summative
Sum Practice
QUIZ
my/Science/F4/Q3
1.
You have a fever if your body temperature is above 37ºC. Extreme cold can also cause
body temperature to be below normal.
(a) Based on the statement above, state three factors that can cause fever.
(b) What is the normal body temperature?
(c) Which type of thermometer is the most suitable for an infant who is less than 4 months old?
46
Chap 03.indd 46 22/10/2019 10:01 AM

2. Photograph 1 shows two types of thermometers.
P Q
Photograph 1
(a) State the names of thermometer P and Q.
(b) What are these thermometers for?
(c) Suraya is 21 years old. Which thermometer is more suitable to measure her
body temperature?
(d) State the effects if a fever is allowed to continue without immediate treatment.
3. A student has carried out an experiment to investigate the pulse rate of four individuals
of different ages. Table 1 below shows the readings that were obtained.
Table 1
Age Pulse rate (bpm)
2 months
6 years 100
10 years 80
20 years 70
(a) Complete the table above.

(b) State the:
(i) manipulated variable
(ii) responding variable
(c) State the hypothesis from the experiment that was carried out.
(d) What is the pulse rate of a trained athlete?
4. Fareeza attends a routine pulse check at the hospital.

(a) Which part of the body is the pulse taken from by the nurse?
(b) If Fareeza is a 22-year-old trained athlete, predict her pulse rate.
(c) In addition to pulse check, Fareeza also goes for a blood pressure check. She finds that her
blood pressure is normal. Predict her blood pressure reading.
(d) How can Fareeza ensure that she is always healthy?
47
Chap 03.indd 47 22/10/2019 10:01 AM

5.
Siva checks his blood pressure for 3 continuous days. He finds that his blood pressure is
approximately 150/95 mmHg each day.
(a) What is the blood pressure reading of a normal person?

(b) Based on the information above, state one inference on Siva’s condition.
(c) What does Siva need to do next?
6.
Generally, high blood pressure does not show any clear signs, but if it is not controlled, it
will cause other health problems such as heart attack and stroke.
(a) State other health problems that might be faced by a person with high blood pressure.
(b) What instrument is used to measure blood pressure?
(c) State the difference between systolic pressure and diastolic pressure.
Mind hallenge
Challenge
C
7. Azni is 27 years old. She finds that her body temperature is not consistent. Can Azni use a
rectal thermometer to measure her body temperature?
8.
Excess body mass can increase the risk of acquiring serious illnesses.
(a) State five serious illnesses that can be acquired if you have excessive body mass.
(b) Nur Antasya is overweight. If you are a dietician who is treating her, what advice would
you give to her.
9. The information below shows a list of foods that are sold during breakfast at the
school canteen.
Nasi lemak and spicy

Egg sandwich Fried noodles with fried egg
fried chicken
Marissa is trying to lose weight. Which of these foods is suitable to be consumed by Marissa
for breakfast? Justify your answer.
48
Chap 03.indd 48 22/10/2019 10:01 AM

2
THEME
Maintenance and
Continuity of Life
• What do you
know about
Green Technology?
• Is it safe for us to
consume genetically
modified foods?
• Which system
supports our body
and protects our
internal organs?
• How are plants able
to grow vertically
against gravity?
• What is hormone?
49
Theme.indd 49 07/10/2019 11:32 AM

Chapter
4
Green Technology
for Environmental
Sustainability
Keywords
Green Technology
Socio-scientific issues
Application of
Green Technology
50
Chap 04.indd 50 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

Green Technology for Environmental Sustainability Chapter 4
What is the meaning of Green Technology?

What are the available sectors within
Green Technology?
How do we apply Green Technology in our
everyday life?
Green Vehicle Er
a
A green vehicle
is an eco-friend
fumes into the en ly vehicle, that do
vironment. The es not emit
are electric and examples of gree
solar cars. The el n vehicles
battery while th ectric car uses en
e solar car uses ergy from the
move the motor solar energy fro
in a vehicle. m the Sun to
You will learn about:

environmental sustainability
energy sector
waste and wastewater management sector
agriculture and forestry sector
transportation sector
Green Technology and life
51
Chap 04.indd 51 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

4.1 Environmental Sustainability
Technological advancement and holistic development in

this era have simplified and expedited various human
tasks. However, the advancement of technology has
also brought negative effects to the environment. For
example, there is an increase in environmental pollution
and a decrease of natural resources.
Realising the extent of the current damage done
to the environment, various initiatives have
been introduced to spread the awareness on
environmental sustainability. All the efforts and
initiatives that have been carried out are regarded as
Green Technology.
Green Technology Concept Photograph 4.1 Green Technology Concept
Green Technology is the development and application of products, equipment and systems used
to conserve the environment and nature, as well as minimising and reducing the negative effects of
human activities.
Important in:
• overcoming the destruction of the environment
• reducing carbon emissions
• improving human health and lifestyle
• conserving the country’s natural resources by applying renewable energy sources
Solar vehicles are used to reduce the Renewable energy sources are used to
use of fossil fuels generate energy
Photograph 4.2 Examples of Green Technology in daily life
52
4.1.1
Chap 04.indd 52 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

Relating Energy Efficiency to Green Technology

For Green Technology to succeed in our country, the National Green Technology Policy was
launched in July 2009. What are the pillars of that policy? Let us look at the following note:
There are four main pillars that uphold the National Green Technology Policy:
• energy – promoting energy efficiency and seeking energy independence
• environment – minimising negative effects and conserving the environment
• economy – enhancing the country’s economy through the use of technology
• social – improving the quality of life for all
If we look at the four pillars above, they clearly show that My Nation
Green Technology emphasises on the aspect of energy efficiency.
Do you still remember the topic on energy efficiency that you
studied in Form 3? Energy efficiency refers to the use of less
energy to carry out work at the same or higher rate without
affecting the production and the quality of the desired outcome.
When energy efficiency is given priority in a country through Green Building Index
the practice of Green Technology, then: (GBI) is a rating system
(a) energy conservation can be increased given to buildings with
environmentally-friendly
(b) the country’s economy can be strenghtened and wastage can features. Raja Haji Fi
be reduced Sabilillah mosque in
(c) wastes can be converted into a cleaner and safer form of Cyberjaya is the first
mosque in Malaysia to
renewable energy receive this recognition.
Malaysia strongly supports and is committed to sustainable

energy efficiency. Among the initiatives and efforts carried out in the
implementation of energy efficiency are:
• the implementation of energy efficiency labels INFORMATION
for electrical appliances (Figure 4.1) First ‘Green’ Mosque

in Malaysia
• Green Building Index (GBI)
Lebih Banyak Bintang
Lebih Jimat Tenaga
More Stars
More Energy Saving
• energy efficiency PENGGUNAAN TENAGA

ENERGY CONSUMPTION
Science/F4/Pg53
technology campaigns Jenis peralatan Jenama dan
Model
• using electricity 5
from solar source
campaigns
5 Penggunaan Tenaga Purata Setahun
Average Energy Consumption Per Year
XXX kwj
kwh
Produk Ini Menggunakan % Kurang Tenaga
Daripada Produk Biasa
• consumer awareness
This Product Consumes % Less Energy
Than An Average Product
Diuji Mengikut / Tested According to xxx
campaigns through Energy Commission

www.st.gov.my
energy-saving practices
Figure 4.1 Energy efficiency label
53
4.1.2
Chap 04.indd 53 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

Sectors in Green Technology
Green Technology is divided into several sectors for a more focused implementation. Let us
identify each sector that is involved in this Green Technology.
Energy Sector
– Focuses on the use of a cleaner and
carbon-free alternative energy that
can replace the use of fossil fuels.
Among the examples of alternative
energy is renewable energy such as
hydroelectric, solar and wind.
Agriculture and Forestry Sector

– Focuses on controlling the rate
of carbon dioxide in the air
through agriculture and forestry.
This sector also emphasises soil
nutrient care and improvement in
agriculture practices.
Transportation Sector
– Focuses on the improvement of a cleaner
transportation infrastructure, vehicle
fuel and public transportation.
Waste and Wastewater Management Sector

– Focuses on minimising waste disposal
and wastewater into the environment
by converting waste or wastewater into
something new such as compost.
54
4.1.3
Chap 04.indd 54 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

Building Sector
– Focuses on Green Building construction,
for example the Diamond Building, which is
the Energy Commission headquarters that
emphasises close scrutiny of the environment and
the building, use of
green construction
materials, efficient The Diamond
Building
use of energy and
water, and good solid my/Science/F4/Pg55
waste management. INFORMATION
Industrial and Manufacturing Sector

– Focuses on energy efficiency and
energy management programmes
to reduce the negative effects of the
greenhouse effect, haze and acid rain.
Information and Communications

Technology (ICT) Sector
– Focuses on the practice of green
ICT in the manufacturing,
design, use and disposal of
computer equipment. Green
ICT aims to reduce the use of
dangerous materials by using
biodegradable materials and also
to conserve energy.
Photograph 4.3 Sectors in Green Technology
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 4.1
1. What is the meaning of Green Technology?
2. State two importance of energy efficiency.
3. State the sectors that can be found in Green Technology.
55
4.1.3
Chap 04.indd 55 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

4.2 Energy Sector
Socio-scientific Issues
An increase in the population growth rate raises our daily needs in all aspects. This has a direct
impact on the environment and natural resources, thus causing various socio-scientific issues.
Socio-scientific issues are open problems that are controversial social issues related to science.
These issues also emphasise moral and scientific applications on real-world situations. Figure 4.2
shows several socio-scientific issues that are related to the environment.
Global warming
Air pollution
Deforestation
Indiscriminate
waste disposal
Water pollution
Figure 4.2 Socio-scientific issues related to the environment

Socio-scientific issues arise as a result of human activities. Emissions of greenhouse gases
resulting from human activities cause climate change phenomena. The greenhouse effect causes
draughts, flash floods, an increase in Earth’s temperature, thunderstorms and the destruction
of biodiversity.
56
4.2.1
Chap 04.indd 56 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

Socio-scientific Issues in the Energy Sector

Let us take a closer look at the socio-scientific issues in the energy sector.
The use of non-renewable energy sources

such as petroleum, coal and natural gas
increases each year according to the needs
of the countries around the world. If this
continues, it would not be long before fossil
fuels are depleted.
The burning of fossil fuels produces

greenhouse gases such as carbon dioxide
in large amounts and this causes global
warming to become increasingly critical.
The burning of fossil fuels causes extreme

climate changes that lead to long draughts
and various natural disasters.
Photograph 4.4 Socio-scientific issues in the energy sector
... ...
Aim: To understand the socio-scientific issues in the energy sector. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. Carry out active reading and discuss:
(a) socio-scientific issues in the energy sector
(b) factors that contribute to the socio-scientific issues in the energy sector
(c) application of Green Technology in overcoming socio-scientific issues in the energy sector
3. Present the outcome of your group discussion using a multimedia presentation.
57
4.2.2
Chap 04.indd 57 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

Application of Green Technology to Overcome Socio-scientific
Issues in the Energy Sector
The energy sector is the main sector in Green Technology. Two aspects that are emphasised in
Green Technology for solving socio-scientific issues related to the energy sector are:
(a) how energy is produced or supplied
(b) efficiency in usage and distribution of energy produced
Let us look at Figure 4.3, which shows several examples of renewable energy that can be
developed to replace fossil fuels.
My Nation
Wind energy source

is a clean energy source
that can replace fossil
Kenyir Dam in
fuel in the future.
Terengganu is the largest
hydroelectric dam in
Peninsular Malaysia.
This dam controls the
overflowing flood water
and generates electricity
for our country.
Hydro energy source

is a renewable energy
source that has become
one of the main energy
sources in the world to
generate electricity.
Figure 4.3 Application of Green Technology in the energy sector
58
4.2.3
Chap 04.indd 58 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

By maximising the usage of renewable energy in Green Technology, we are able to reduce the
content of carbon dioxide in the air. This indirectly reduces the greenhouse effect and climate
change that contribute to the problems discussed on page 57.
Besides promoting renewable energy, a holistic energy efficiency practice has been
proposed in the implementation of Green Technology. This has managed to create awareness
among electrical equipment manufacturers to produce efficient appliances.
It is also proposed that consumers should save electricity such as switching off electrical
appliances when they are not in use, adjusting the air-conditioner temperature at home and the
office to 24°C – 25°C, besides using energy efficient electrical appliances.
Solar energy source

is a renewable energy
source that has potential to
be developed as Malaysia
gets enough sunlight
throughout the year.
Geothermal energy source

is also a suitable alternative
energy to replace fossil fuel.
However, it needs suitable
geographical factors.
Hot water
Cool water
59
4.2.3
Chap 04.indd 59 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 4.2
1. State three socio-scientific issues related to the energy sector.
2. What measures should be taken to conserve energy?
4.3 Waste and Wastewater Management Sector
Socio-scientific Issues in the Waste and Wastewater

Management Sector
In this modern era, the public should be made more aware of solid waste and wastewater
management. This is because a change in lifestyle and socio-culture, rapid development in
infrastructure and economy plus the growing number of global inhabitants have increased solid
waste and wastewater disposal. Let us look at these issues in more detail.
Production,
Sewage, chemical
management and
wastes and rubbish that
decomposition of solid
are disposed into the
waste contribute to an
rivers and seas interfere
increase in greenhouse
with the ecosystem
gases. This causes
of rivers, seas and the
climate change around
surrounding areas.
the world.
Around 268 million tons

of paper is produced in a
Food leftovers year. To produce 1 ton of
that are not properly paper only, we need 2 to 4
disposed of cause tons of timber. Paper is also
environmental a contributor of
pollution. solid waste.
Photograph 4.5 Socio-scientific issues in the waste and wastewater management sector
60
4.3.1
Chap 04.indd 60 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

... ...
Aim: To understand socio-scientific issues in waste and wastewater 21st Century Skills
management sector.
Instructions:
2. Gather information and discuss:
(a) socio-scientific issues in the waste and wastewater management sector
(b) factors that contribute to the socio-scientific issues in the waste and wastewater
management sector
(c) application of Green Technology in overcoming socio-scientific issues in the waste and
wastewater management sector

Issues in the Waste and Wastewater Management Sector
The application of Green Technology has managed to prepare an effective platform for
waste and wastewater management. It has succeeded in reducing the greenhouse effect
efficiently besides saving costs. Let us look at the applications of Green Technology in waste
and wastewater management.
Prevention and reduction Sorting and recycling

• Consumers are encouraged to control paper • Since 2015, the government has been
usage by recycling paper or using paper only encouraging all households to sort their
when it is necessary. household waste. By doing this, we are able
to reduce the disposal of recyclable materials
• Consumers are advised to prepare sufficient
while at the same time solid waste at landfills
food for the whole family in order to prevent
are lessened.
food wastage.
Treatment and processing (biological process) Refuse, Reduce, Reuse, Recycle and Recovery (5R)
• Biological treatment process of solid waste • The 5R concept, which is Refuse, Reduce,
enables waste to be converted into beneficial Reuse, Recycle and Recovery, has been
organic substances such as organic fertilisers. introduced to replace the previous 3R
concept. The addition of the two ‘R’s at the
• This process also converts solid waste into a
beginning and at the end – ‘refuse’ and
main source of renewable energy (biomass) that
‘recovery’ – is aimed at achieving zero waste.
is capable of replacing fossil fuel.
How do you practise the 5R concept
at home?
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 4.3
1. State two socio-scientific issues in the waste and wastewater management sector.
2. State two methods to overcome the problems in the waste and wastewater management sector.
61
4.3.2
Chap 04.indd 61 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

4.4 Agriculture and Forestry Sector
Socio-scientific Issues in the Agriculture and

Forestry Sector
An increase in population density and change in lifestyle are among the factors that
contribute to the high demand for new settlement areas, sufficient food supply and
good transportation route. At a glance, these issues are not big problems. In fact, they
make our lives easier. Did you know that these issues would become a huge disaster
if they are not controlled and regulated properly?
Deforestation for the purpose

of development is meant
for a new settlement area
or agriculture. If this is not
controlled and regulated
properly, this would lead to
landslides, floods and the
extinction of flora
and fauna.
Massive forest
exploration would interfere
with the gas cycle of Earth.
This is because forests are
like the ‘lungs of Earth’. The
conversion of carbon dioxide
into oxygen can only
be done by plants
during photosynthesis.
Open burning carried out
by farmers on their farms
can cause severe haze. If
this continues, it would
compromise the air quality
throughout the country and
neighbouring countries.
Photograph 4.6 Socio-scientific issues in the agriculture and forestry sector
62
4.4.1
Chap 04.indd 62 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

Landslide on the Kuala

Lumpur-Karak Highway on
11 November 2015 was
believed to be caused by
indiscriminate logging in
Lentang Forest Reserve.
High demand for furniture

and indiscriminate paper
usage cause massive
deforestation because
furniture and paper originate
from trees.
Chemical substances
absorbed by the soil
would also flow into
the nearby rivers. This
Widespread use of pesticides would contaminate
and chemical fertilisers cause the rivers.
soil pollution of agriculture land.
For example, the acidity of the
soil increases thus making it not
suitable for agriculture.
63
4.4.1
Chap 04.indd 63 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

... ...
21st Century Skills

Aim: To understand the socio-scientific issues in the agriculture and
forestry sector.
Instructions:
(a) socio-scientific issues in the agriculture and forestry sector
(b) factors that contribute to the socio-scientific issues in the agriculture and forestry sector
(c) application of Green Technology in overcoming socio-scientific issues in the agriculture and
forestry sector

Issues in the Agriculture and Forestry Sector
We have seen several socio-scientific issues in the agriculture and forestry sector. Therefore, several
measures have been introduced through Green Technology to restore the existing forests, and at
the same time protect the agricultural yield.
Science Career Treating and processing

Forest Ranger agricultural waste into compost
A forest ranger has to is a Green Technology practice
guard and coordinate that is capable of controlling
forest development
projects, factory-operation the balance of nature.
enforcement and
trespassing of recreational
forests. A forest ranger
must also check and
monitor forest operation
licencing for timber-based
industries, enforce the Replanting trees
forestry law and take can maintain the
actions when necessary.
existing species.
Logging activities have to be regulated in order to conserve

forest resources. Besides that, more forest reserves have to be
gazetted to maintain a balanced ecosystem in the forest.
Photograph 4.7 Application of Green Technology in the agriculture and forestry sector
64
4.4.2
Chap 04.indd 64 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 4.4
1. What causes landslides and mud floods to happen?
2. State the effect of using excessive chemical fertilisers in agriculture.
3. State two measures that can be taken to reduce deforestation.
4.5 Transportation Sector

The transportation sector is among the main sectors in Green Technology. This sector is one of the
main contributors to air pollution. Let us look closely at the issues in this sector.
Fumes emitted by vehicles contain gases such

as carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide.
Both are greenhouse gases. The presence of
these gases causes the greenhouse effect that
contributes to drastic climate change.
History Corner
In July 1954, there
was a major air
pollution in Los
Angeles. The city
was covered in
photochemical smog
when nitrogen oxide
95% of motorised vehicles used today run on petrol and and hydrocarbon from
diesel. Petrol and diesel are obtained from petroleum. vehicle fumes reacted
About 60% of the petroleum in the world is used in the with the surrounding
air and ultraviolet
transportation sector. Therefore, petroleum which is a
rays from the Sun.
non-renewable source of energy, can deplete.
65
4.5.1
Chap 04.indd 65 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Dangerous gases emitted
from vehicles can cause acid
rain. Acid rain destroys
plants, corrodes buildings
and irons, and damages tyres
on vehicles.
Photograph 4.8 Socio-scientific issues in the transportation sector
... ...
Aim: To understand socio-scientific issues in the transportation sector. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
(a) socio-scientific issues in the transportation sector
(b) factors that contribute to the socio-scientific issues in the transportation sector
(c) application of Green Technology in overcoming socio-scientific issues in the transportation sector

Issues in the Transportation Sector
Issues in the transportation sector need holistic awareness from everyone. Through Green
Technology, efforts in preventing air pollution whilst ensuring sustainability of life can be
implemented well. Let us look at the measures and efforts taken in Green Technology.
Single occupant
vehicle
Green Transportation Multiple occupant
vehicle
Taxi
Green transportation refers to any
form of transportation that releases Service vehicle
very minimal greenhouse gases or
none at all. For example, vehicles on
Public transportati
that use renewable energy. Among
Bicycle
the forms of green transportation are
walking, cycling and using Pedestrian
green vehicles.
nsportation
Mode of green tra
66 4.5.1
4.5.2
Chap 04.indd 66 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Invention of Natural
Gas Vehicle (NGV)
Natural gas vehicles use either

liquefied natural gas (LNG)
or compressed natural gas
(CNG). Today, vehicles that
rely on petrol can be modified
to use LNG or CNG.
Biofuel as an alternative
for petroleum
Malaysia has begun using biofuel.

Biofuel is an alternative source that
refers to fatty acid methyl ester that
is produced from plant oils and
animal fats. It is obvious that this is
a renewable energy source and it is
more environmentally-friendly.
Photograph 4.9 Application of Green Technology in the transportation sector
ience Gallery
Science
Sc
The Melaka State Government is
very committed to the application
of Green Technology in the state.
Melaka has begun using electric
buses to transport passengers
around the city. Visit the website
below or scan the QR code to
know more about the electric
buses in Melaka.
Electric Buses in Melaka

Science/F4/Pg67
INFORMATION
67
4.5.2
Chap 04.indd 67 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 4.5
1. State the consequences if the number of vehicles using fossil fuel increases.
2. Biofuel is that is produced from and
.
4.6 Green Technology and Life
Role of Individuals in Managing Global Warming and Climate

Change in order to Reduce Carbon Footprint
Global warming and drastic climate change issues are
the hot topics of discussion throughout the world. Severe Water
Emissions
consequences of global warming await us if the global CO2
community fails to realise the effects of rapid development
without considering our surroundings. Therefore, what should
Fuel
we do to address this issue?
Electricity
We tend not to realise that activities we carry out every
day increase carbon footprint. Carbon footprint is the amount Transport
of greenhouse gas, such as carbon dioxide, released into Gas
the atmosphere as a result of human activities such as open
burning and burning of fossil fuels (Figure 4.4). Therefore, Carbon
we should apply Green Technology in our life so that we can Recycling offset
reduce the amount of carbon dioxide that is being released
into the environment and hence, reduce carbon footprints at
the same time. Waste
Low Carbon Footprint

could Reduce the Impact Figure 4.4 Carbon footprint
of Climate Change
INFORMATION Science/F4/Pg68
Photograph 4.10 Students

participating in an exhibition of
green city design innovation in
conjunction with the International
Greentech and Eco Products
Exhibition and Conference (IGEM)
in Kuala Lumpur
68
4.6.1
Chap 04.indd 68 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Aim: To implement awareness campaigns through the Internet on issues pertaining to global warming
and climate change phenomena.
Instructions:
1. Carry out this activity in groups to study the following statement.
The phenomena of global warming and climate change is plaguing our world now and need
to be given serious attention. The phenomena have resulted in many extreme effects on Earth.
It is therefore important that we reduce these problems by applying our knowledge on Green
Technology to ensure environmental sustainability for the future generations.

2. Discuss and gather relevant information from academic journals or websites.
3. Create an online awareness campaign to overcome global warming and climate change phenomena
for the sustainability of living things on Earth.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 4.6
1. The figures below show the activities carried out by Mariam and her father.

What are the advantages of the activities carried out by them? Explain your answer by using the
Green Technology concept.
2. In your opinion, what is the effect on the environment when we implement Green Technology?
69
4.6.1
Chap 04.indd 69 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Chap 04.indd 70
70
GREEN TECHNOLOGY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY Definition of Green Technology
Sectors in Green Technology Socio-scientific issues
Waste and
Agriculture and Transportation
Energy Sector Wastewater
Forestry Sector Sector
Management Sector
Socio-scientific issues Socio-scientific issues Socio-scientific issues Socio-scientific issues

• Use of non-renewable • Indiscriminate waste • Uncontrolled forest • Increase in the
energy sources disposal exploration number of vehicles
• Burning of fossil fuels • Release of • Use of pesticides and • Production of vehicle
greenhouse gases chemical fertilisers fumes that contain
Application of
Green Technology dangerous gases
Application of
Green Technology Application of
• Renewable energy
Green Technology Application of
sources • 5R practice Green Technology
• Energy efficiency • Biological treatment • Recycling
and waste processing • Usage of compost • Practice of green
• Replanting vehicle mode
• Use of biofuel
Information and
Industrial and
Building Sector Communications
Manufacturing Sector
Technology Sector
22/10/2019 8:51 AM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
4.1 Environmental Sustainability
Define and justify Green Technology in life.
Relate the energy efficiency to Green Technology.
Identify sectors in Green Technology.
4.2 Energy Sector
Describe socio-scientific issues.
Explain socio-scientific issues in the energy sector.
Justify the application of Green Technology to overcome socio-scientific issues in the energy sector.
4.3 Waste and Wastewater Management Sector
Explain socio-scientific issues in the waste and wastewater management sector.
Justify the application of Green Technology to overcome socio-scientific issues in the waste and
wastewater management sector.
4.4 Agriculture and Forestry Sector
Explain socio-scientific issues in the agriculture and forestry sector.
Justify the application of Green Technology to overcome socio-scientific issues in the agriculture
and forestry sector.
4.5 Transportation Sector
Explain socio-scientific issues in the transportation sector.
Justify the application of Green Technology to overcome socio-scientific issues in the
transportation sector.
4.6 Green Technology and Life
Justify the role of individuals in addressing the phenomena of global warming and climate change
in reducing carbon footprint.
Summative
Sum Practice
1. Read the extract below.
Green Technology practices proposed in the National Green Technology Policy
have been infused in lessons at schools. The awareness of environmental
sustainability through Green Technology should be inculcated from a young age.
Based on the extract above:
(a) what is meant by Green Technology?
(b) state the four pillars of the National Green Technology Policy.
71
Chap 04.indd 71 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

2. The statement below explains energy efficiency.
Energy efficiency is using less energy to carry out work at the same or higher rate
without affecting the production and the quality of the desired outcome.

Based on the statement above:
(a) state the importance of energy efficiency in everyday life.
(b) give an energy efficiency practice that you can carry out at home. Explain your answer.
3. The following statement is pinned on the school noticeboard.
In order to enable a holistic

implementation of Green Technology
practices, several sectors have
been created for a more direct and
focused implementation.
(a) State three sectors found in Green Technology.

(b) Explain each sector mentioned in question 3(a).
4. Photograph 1 shows a socio-scientific issue in the energy sector.

Photograph 1
(a) State the effects of the issue on the environment.
(b) Suggest two methods to overcome the issue through Green Technology.
(c) State one advantage of using Green Technology in overcoming the issue.
(d) Do you agree that the use of Green Technology in our life reduces environmental pollution?
Justify your answer.
72
Chap 04.indd 72 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

5. Read the statement below.
• Fumes from vehicles that use fossil fuel are among the main contributors to
the increase of carbon dioxide in the air.
• Acid rain destroys forests and corrodes metal and concrete.

(a) Explain the transportation sector in Green Technology practices.
(b) Explain two appropriate measures that can be taken in the transportation sector to overcome
the issues mentioned in the statement.
Mind hallenge
Challenge
C
6. Azman likes farming. He decides to plant mustard in one corner of his house. However, he
does not have a suitable container for planting.
Help Azman to plan how to recycle materials at his home to solve his problem.
You can use labelled sketches to support your answer.
Materials:

Sketch:
73
Chap 04.indd 73 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Chapter
5 Genetics
Keywords
DNA
Nucleotides
Chromosomes
Karyotype
Mitosis
Meiosis
Dominant allele
Recessive allele
Mendel’s Law
Genotype
Phenotype
Mutation
74
Chap 05.indd 74 31/10/2019 4:15 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
What is meant by cell division process?

Is it true that our characteristics can be inherited?
What is mutation?
How does genetic engineering affect our daily life?
DNA Evidence
You might have w
atched popular
crime investigatio
n dramas on
the television. Th
e dramas are
very interesting
as they give
us exposure to in
vestigation
techniques in fore
nsic science.
Crime cases can
be solved
by collecting DN
A evidences. DNAs
identified by an left behind by th
investigator or fo e criminal can be
and equipment. re ns ic scientist using
In a criminal case modern techniqu
as fragments of sk , the criminal mig es
in, hair or drople ht leave evidence
scientists can an ts of blood at the s such
alyse the DNA fro crime scene. Fore
DNA samples to m these specimen nsic
the suspect’s DN s by comparing th
A. ese
You will learn about:

cell division
inheritance
mutation
genetic engineering technology
variation
75
Chap 05.indd 75 31/10/2019 4:15 PM

5.1 Cell Division
Gene, Deoxyribonucleic Acid (DNA) and Chromosomes

You learned about cells and cell division in Form 1. You have also learned that nucleus is a
structure in the cell which controls all activities in the cell. Do you know which substance in the
nucleus controls the cell division process?
Cell
Nucleus
Nucleus contains
chromosomes.
Chromosomes
Chromosomes are fine

thread-like structures which
consist nucleic acids and
protein. They are long and
spiral structures located in the
nucleus. Each chromosome
contains a long
DNA molecule.
Figure 5.1 Chromosome, gene and DNA
76
5.1.1
Chap 05.indd 76 31/10/2019 4:15 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
DNA
3D Model Deoxyribonucleic acid or DNA is
made up of basic units known as
nucleotides. Each unit of nucleotide
consists of three components,
deoxyribose sugar, a nitrogenous base
and a phosphate group. DNA is made of
two twisted antiparallel polynucleotide
chains forming a structure known as
double helix.
ience Gallery
Science
Sc
Genetics is a study of
genes, hereditary and
variations in organisms.
Gene
A gene is a basic hereditary unit
that determines an individual’s
characteristics. The function of the gene
is to control the inherited characteristics
in an organism such as tongue-rolling
ability in humans, the shape of the green
pea and the colour of the cat’s fur. Genes
are arranged as segments in the DNA
along the chromosomes. There
are thousands of genes in a
DNA molecule.
77
5.1.1
Chap 05.indd 77 31/10/2019 4:15 PM

ience Gallery
Science
Sc
We can simplify the relationship between
Chromosome structure: the three as in Figure 5.2 below.
One chromatid C.H YEN
Centromere Chromosome
Sister chromatids DNA
Each chromosome has

several types of genes,
from 200 – 300 genes for
each chromosome. Gene
A gene that Figure 5.2 Relationship between chromosome, DNA and gene
programs the
colour of the skin Each species on Earth has a fixed number of chromosomes. The
human body cell contains 46 chromosomes. Each chromosome exists
A gene that
programs the
in pairs of similar shapes and sizes. Such a pair of chromosomes is
colour of the hair known as homologous chromosomes. The human homologous
chromosomes can be arranged according to their shapes and
sizes. Figure 5.3 shows the arrangement of human homologous
chromosomes. This arrangement is called karyotype.
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Chromosome
http:// 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
bukutekskssm.my/
Science/F4/Pg78
INFORMATION
13 14 15 16 17 18 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 XY 19 20 21 22 XX
Kariotip
Male lelaki
karyotype Female karyotype
Kariotip perempuan
Figure 5.3 Human karyotype

In humans, the chromosomes can be divided into two,
autosomes and sex chromosomes. Autosomes carry genes that
control characteristics such as the colour of the eyes, ability to roll
the tongue and the type of hair of a human. Sex chromosomes on
the other hand, carry genes that determine gender, whether male
or female.
78
5.1.1
Chap 05.indd 78 31/10/2019 4:15 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
ience Gallery
Science
Sc
The human somatic cell
Chromosomes has 46 chromosomes
but the human gamete
cells, sperm and ovum,
have only half the
Sex chromosomes Autosomes number of chromosomes,
23 chromosomes.
Sex Sex
chromosome X chromosome Y Science Gallery
Science
Cancer is caused
Figure 5.4 Human chromosomes by uncontrolled and
abnormal cell division.
These cells divide faster
than they are supposed to
in normal conditions.
Cancer cells
Mitosis and Meiosis

How are genes inherited? To know further, we have to
understand cell division first. There are two types of cell division
that take place in a cell, mitosis and meiosis.
Mitosis is a cell division process that forms two identical
daughter cells, each having the same number of chromosomes
and genetic content as the parent cell. Mitosis takes place in the
somatic cells of the human and animal bodies. Mitosis also takes
ience Gallery
Science
Sc
place in the meristematic tissue such as the tip of the roots and
the shoot of the plants. Figure 5.5 shows the stages in mitosis. Interphase is the stage
before the process of
Meiosis is a process where the cell divides into four distinct mitosis and meiosis
cells, each containing half the number of chromosomes in the occurs. At this stage, DNA
replication occurs and
parent cell. Meiosis takes place in the reproductive organ to cells undergo growth and
produce gametes for sexual reproduction. Meiosis in humans prepare for cell division.
takes place in the male’s testes and the female’s ovary. In plants,
meiosis takes place in the anther and the ovary. Figure 5.6 shows
the stages in meiosis.
Nuclear Chromosome
membrane
79
5.1.2
Chap 05.indd 79 31/10/2019 4:15 PM

Prophase Metaphase Anaphase
Chromosome
Nuclear
Nucleolus membrane
Mitosis
Centromere Spindle fibre
Chromosomes are Centromere splits into

Chromosomes shorten and two, each sister chromatid
arranged in an equatorial
thicken and later become visible. separates and moves
plane. The spindle fibres
Each chromosome consists of towards the opposite poles
are attached to
two chromatids joined at the of the cell (polarisation).
the centromere.
centromere. Spindle fibres begin
to form. Nuclear membrane and
nucleolus disintegrate.
Figure 5.5 Mitosis
Meiosis I
Telophase I
Anaphase I
Metaphase I
Prophase I
Meiosis
Chromosomes
are arranged in an
Homologous
equatorial plane. The
chromosomes
spindle fibres are Cytoplasm
separate and move
attached to divides. Last stage
towards the opposite
the centromere. of meiosis I ends.
poles of the cell.
Chromosomes shorten
and thicken and then
become visible. Homologous
Meiosis
chromosomes pair together. Figure 5.6 Meiosis
Crossing over occurs, that is the http://bukutekskssm.my/
exchange of genetic information Science/F4/Meiosis_Pg80.mp4
VIDEO
between the homologous
chromosomes.
80 5.1.2
Chap 05.indd 80 31/10/2019 4:15 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
Telophase
Nuclear
membrane
Nucleolus
Chromatids reach Cytoplasm Two daughter cells

the opposite poles. divides. with the same number
Nuclear membrane of chromosomes and
and nucleolus are Mitosis genetic information
formed again. as the parent cell are
http://bukutekskssm.my/ formed (diploid).
Science/F4/Mitosis_Pg81.mp4
VIDEO
Meiosis II
Anaphase II Telophase II
Prophase II Metaphase II
Spindle fibres Chromosomes

begin to form. are arranged in an Centromere splits
equatorial plane. The into two. The sister Four non-identical
spindle fibres are chromatids separate daughter cells (gametes)
attached to and move towards the with half the number
the centromere. opposite poles of the of chromosomes of the
cell (polarisation). parent cell (haploids) are
formed.
5.1.2 81
Chap 05.indd 81 31/10/2019 4:15 PM

Figure 5.7 shows the similarities and differences between mitosis and meiosis.
Takes place
Takes place
in the
in the
Produces two reproductive Produces four
somatic cell
daughter cells cell daughter cells
Crossing over Crossing

DNA
does not occur over occurs
replication
Mitosis Meiosis
Daughter cell Cell Daughter cells
are genetically division are genetically
identical to their not identical
parent cells to their parent
The number The number cells
No of chromosomes of chromosomes Has
variation of the daughter of the daughter variations
cell is the same cell is half of the
as that of the parent cell
parent cell
Figure 5.7 Similarities and differences between mitosis and meiosis

The Importance of Mitosis and Meiosis
I know, teacher. Mitosis is
important for the growth
Can anyone share of organisms and meiosis
the importance of is important for the
mitosis and meiosis? production of gametes.
Good, Raymond! You Mitosis produces new cells which are identical to
gave the correct answer. the parent cells. If my skin is injured, the healthy
Mitosis is important to cells will carry out mitosis to produce new cells. As
replace damaged or dead a result, my wound will be healed.
cells when we are injured.
Mitosis is also important
in asexual reproduction
for organisms such as
Amoeba sp..
82 5.1.2
5.1.3
Chap 05.indd 82 31/10/2019 4:15 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
Wound Mitosis
Photograph 5.1 Growth process that takes Figure 5.8 Process that replaces damaged cells
place at the tip of the root of a plant
Figure 5.9 Asexual reproduction in Amoeba sp.
Activity 5.1 Multimedia Presentation
21st Century Skills

Aim: To create a multimedia presentation on the importance of mitosis
and meiosis.
Instructions:
2. Gather information:
(a) the importance of mitosis in the growth process, replacement of damaged cells and
asexual reproduction
(b) the importance of meiosis in the production of gametes
3. Use various sources such as the Internet and the library to gather the information above.
4. Present the outcomes of your group discussion in the form of multimedia presentation.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 5.1
1. What is meant by
(a) gene (b) chromosomes (c) DNA
2. Where do mitosis and meiosis take place in the human body?
3. State the similarities and differences between mitosis and meiosis.
83
5.1.3
Chap 05.indd 83 31/10/2019 4:15 PM

5.2 Inheritance
Inheritance in Humans
Look at the following family photographs.
Do they look identical? Do children inherit
all the characteristics of their parents? Each
child inherits certain characteristics from
their parents. The transmission of these
characteristics from the parents to the children
is known as inheritance.
ience Gallery
Science
Sc
What is the difference
between characteristics
and traits? Characteristics
are tangible properties
that are inherited and
determined by genes such
as the colour of the pupil.
Traits are variants for
specific characteristics that
differentiate individuals.
So, the traits for the
colours of the pupils are
black, brown and blue.
Photograph 5.2 Inheritance of characteristics in humans
Characteristics such as the types of hair and the colours of pupils are examples of
characteristics that can be inherited by the children from their parents.
These characteristics are passed down from the parents to the children through genes. As you
have studied in subtopic 5.1, genes are the basic units of inheritance found in the chromosomes.
Genes control certain characteristics in an organism. A pair of genes at the same locus or position
in the homologous chromosome will control one trait of the organism. The pair of genes at the
same locus is known as the allele. Alleles can be found in dominant or recessive forms.
84
5.2.1
Chap 05.indd 84 31/10/2019 4:15 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
The characteristics that are controlled by the dominant allele

will be shown whereas the recessive allele will be covered. The Attached earlobe
recessive allele would only show the characteristics it controls when
dominant allele is absent. Therefore, the recessive characteristics
would only be shown when both alleles are recessive.
The dominant allele is represented by capital letters while the
recessive allele is represented by small letters. For example, ‘T’ is used
to represent tall and ‘t’ represents short.
A a
Colour of eyes Free earlobe
B b
Type of blood
C Colour of hair c
D Type of hair d
Photograph 5.3 Attached

Figure 5.10 Example of dominant and recessive alleles in chromosomes
earlobe and free earlobe
Figure 5.10 shows a pair of homologous chromosomes in the

nucleus. For every trait, we inherit two copies of the genes, one from
our mother and the other from our father. Capital letters A, B, C and Brain Teaser
Teaser
D represent the dominant alleles while the small letters a, b, c and d
represent the recessive alleles. Is dimple a dominant or
recessive trait?
Do you know which human traits are dominant and recessive?
Table 5.1 shows some dominant and recessive traits in humans.
Table 5.1 Examples of dominant and recessive traits in humans
Dominant trait Recessive trait
Ability to roll the tongue Inability to roll the tongue
Black hair Blonde hair
Free earlobes Attached earlobes
85
5.2.1
Chap 05.indd 85 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Renowned Inheritance Mechanism
Scientists Gregor Mendel is the first person to discover the inheritance
mechanism in a systematic and detailed manner. Mendel used
pure-breeding pea plant in his experiment on monohybrid cross.
Monohybrid cross involves research on one characteristic at a time,
such as height, which could either be tall or dwarf.
Mendel crossed a pure-breeding tall pea plant with a
Gregor Mendel
pure-breeding dwarf pea plant. The genotype of a pure-breeding tall
(1822-1884) plant can be represented as “TT” in the previous generations. The
“Father of Genetics” genotype of a pure-breeding dwarf plant can be represented as “tt” in
the previous generations.
The first generation produced by a cross is called first filial
generation (F1) (Figure 5.11). When individuals from F1 are crossed,
the second filial generation (F2) is formed (Figure 5.12).
Genotype is the genetic information in an organism.
Phenotype is the physical characteristics shown in an organism.
Parental phenotypes : Pure-breeding tall × Pure-breeding dwarf

pea plant pea plant
Parental genotypes : TT tt
Meiosis Meiosis
Gamete : T T t t
Fertilisation
F1 offspring genotypes : Tt Tt Tt Tt
F1 offspring phenotypes : Tall Tall Tall Tall
Figure 5.11 Schematic diagram of monohybrid crossing for height
86
5.2.2
Chap 05.indd 86 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
Parental phenotypes : Tall pea plant × Tall pea plant
Parental genotypes : Tt Tt
Meiosis Meiosis
Gamete : T t T t
Fertilisation
F2 offspring genotypes : TT Tt Tt tt
F2 offspring phenotypes : Tall Tall Tall Dwarf
Figure 5.12 Schematic diagram of monohybrid crossing of the second filial generation for height
The inheritance of characteristics from the Mendel’s experiment can be used to explain
the inherited characteristics of humans. The characteristics inherited by a person depend on
the genes inherited from his parents. The inheritance mechanism is shown in the schematic
diagram below (Figure 5.13).
Parental phenotypes : Father (able to roll tongue) × Mother (unable to roll tongue)
Parental genotypes : BB bb
Meiosis Meiosis
Gamete : B B b b
Fertilisation
F1 offspring genotypes : Bb Bb Bb Bb
F1 offspring phenotypes : Able to Able to Able to Able to

roll tongue roll tongue roll tongue roll tongue
Figure 5.13 Schematic diagram of the inheritance of the ability to roll tongue
87
5.2.2
Chap 05.indd 87 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Unlike the inheritance of the ability to roll the tongue as discussed earlier, the inheritance of
the sex of a child is determined by the sex chromosomes, received from the parents.
In subtopic 5.1, we studied about autosomes and sex chromosomes. A male and a female have
46 chromosomes each which are made up of 44 autosomes and two sex chromosomes. The male
has two types of sex chromosomes which are X and Y, while the female has only two
X chromosomes.
After meiosis, the sperm has only half the number of its parent chromosomes, that is
23 chromosomes (either 22 + X or 22 + Y). The ovum will also have half the number of its parent
chromosomes, that is 23 chromosomes (22 + X). The gender of a child depends on the type of
sperm that fertilises the ovum. If the sperm (22 + X) fertilises the ovum (22 + X), the gender of the
child formed is a female, (44 + XX). If the sperm (22 + Y) fertilises the ovum (22 + X), a male child
will be born, (44 + XY).
Female Male
44 + XX 44 + XY
Meiosis
Sperm
Ovum
22 + X
22 + X
or 22 + Y
Photograph 5.4 Chromosome content in human gametes
88
5.2.2
Chap 05.indd 88 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
Gender determination of an offspring is shown in Figure 5.14.

Parents : Father × Mother
Genotype : 44 + XY 44 + XX
Meiosis Meiosis
Gamete : 22 + X Sperm 22 + Y 22 + X Ovum 22 + X
Fertilisation
Offspring genotypes : 44 + XX 44 + XX 44 + XY 44 + XY
Gender of offspring : Female Female Male Male
Figure 5.14 Schematic diagram of determining a child’s gender
Based on the figure above, the chances of getting a male or a female offspring at each
pregnancy is equal, which is 50%.
... ...
Activity 5.2 Windows Pane
Aim: To predict the genotype and phenotype ratio for monohybrid crosses. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. Each group is given an incomplete schematic diagram of inheritance for monohybrid cross of a
characteristic of the garden pea plant studied by Mendel.
3. Complete the schematic diagram of inheritance.
4. Present the results of your group to the class.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 5.2
1. Explain the differences between the dominant allele and the recessive allele.
2. What are sex chromosomes?
3. What determines the gender of a child? Explain your answer.
89
5.2.2
Chap 05.indd 89 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

5.3 Mutation
Types of Mutations
Look at Photograph 5.5 below. Can you see the differences in each
individuals in the photographs compared to a normal individual?
What causes the differences?
Brain Teaser
Teaser
Can the mother’s eating
habits during pregnancy
cause mutation?
Photograph 5.5 Differences in individuals

ience Gallery
Science
Sc
Have you heard of mutation? What is mutation? Mutation
The birth rate of Down is a spontaneous and random change that takes place in the genes
syndrome babies is
1 to 800. The risk is higher
and chromosomes that can cause changes of characteristics to the
if the mother’s age is more offspring who inherits the modified genes. There are two types of
than 35. mutations, chromosome mutation and gene mutation.
Figure 5.15 shows the types of mutations and their examples.
Types of mutations
Chromosome mutation Gene mutation
Down syndrome Colour blindness
Turner syndrome Sickle cell anaemia
Klinefelter syndrome Thalassemia
Haemophilia
Albinism
Figure 5.15 Types of mutations and examples
90
5.3.1
Chap 05.indd 90 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
Chromosome Mutation
Chromosome mutation occurs when there are changes in the number or structure of the
chromosome. These changes occur as a result of a defect during the cell division process.
(a) Down syndrome (Extra chromosome number 21)

1 2 3 4 5
Down syndrome occurs because there is an extra chromosome
in chromosome number 21. A person with Down syndrome
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
has 47 chromosomes compared to a normal person who
has 46 chromosomes. A person with Down syndrome has
characteristics such as physical and mental retardation, short 13 14 15 16 17 18
neck, slanted eyes and short stocky body.
19 20 21 22 XY
Figure 5.16 Karyotype

of a male with
Down syndrome
(b) Turner syndrome (XO) 1 2 3 4 5

A person with Turner syndrome has less number of sex
chromosomes compared to a normal person. The total number 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
of chromosomes is 45 chromosomes (44 + XO) only. A person
with Turner syndrome is a female who has a missing X
13 14 15 16 17 18
chromosome. A person with Turner syndrome will not undergo
the development of secondary sexual characteristics of a female. 19 20 21 22 X

of a female with
Turner syndrome
(c) Klinefelter syndrome (XXY) 1 2 3 4 5
A person with Klinefelter syndrome has more number of sex

chromosomes compared to a normal individual. The total 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
number of chromosomes is 47 chromosomes (44 + XXY).

13 14 15
A person with Klinefelter syndrome is a male with an extra 16 17 18
chromosome X. A person with Klinefelter syndrome has female 19 20 21 22 XXY

characteristics such as breasts and small testis as well as sterile.
of a male with
Klinefelter syndrome
91
5.3.1
Chap 05.indd 91 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Gene Mutation
Gene mutation is caused by chemical changes that occur to a gene. Gene mutation causes changes
in characteristics that are controlled by the gene.
ience Gallery
Science
Sc (a) Colour blindness
In November 2016, A person who is colour blind has mutant recessive genes on
the Ministry of Health chromosome X. These persons are unable to differentiate
Malaysia launched
a thalassemia check
between red and green. This disease is controlled by a recessive
initiative that targeted the gene on the X chromosome. This genetic disease usually occurs
whole country involving in males.
Form 4 students. This
step was taken to (b) Sickle cell anaemia
reduce the percentage
of babies born with This disease is caused by the spontaneous change that occur at
thalassemia. Counselling the gene responsible for production of haemoglobin. The person
and appropriate
guidelines will be given with sickle cell anaemia has an abnormal red blood cell shape
to individuals who are that is sickle-shaped, affecting the transport of oxygen. This
confirmed as carriers disease is caused by a recessive gene on the autosome.
so that they do not
choose a partner who
has thalassemia.
Photograph 5.6 Sickle-shaped red blood cell and normal red blood cell
(c) Thalassemia
Thalassemia is a type of genetic disease that is caused by the mutation of the gene that controls
the production of haemoglobin. A person with thalassemia has small red blood cells and the
lifespan of the cells is shorter. This condition can cause severe blood deficiency.
(d) Haemophilia
A person with haemophilia has difficulty in the clotting of his blood. This is because mutation
has occurred at the gene producing the blood clotting factor. This person will lose blood
continuously if wounded or injured.
92
5.3.1
Chap 05.indd 92 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
Factors that Cause Gene Mutation and Chromosome Mutation

Mutation may occur spontaneously (naturally) during cell division process. Mutation can also
occur due to external factors known as mutagens. What are the mutagens that you know?
... ...
Aim: To gather information and prepare a presentation about the 21st Century Skills
factors that cause gene mutation and chromosome mutation.
Instructions:
2. Gather separate information about the factors that cause gene mutation and chromosome mutation.
3. Gather the information related to the examples of gene mutation such as colour blindness, sickle cell
anaemia, thalassemia and haemophilia.
4. Record the information on a flip chart paper.
5. Pin up your group’s work product in the class so that it can be seen by other groups.
6. Write comments about the work product of other groups on the flip chart papers.
Book Website
Natural
Radioactive Pregnancy at a
rays late age
Factors that
cause mutation
X-rays Carcinogens
Ultraviolet
rays
Magazine
Figure 5.19 Factors that cause mutation
93
5.3.2
Chap 05.indd 93 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Gene Disorder Disease
Alleles also carry the disease trait that can be inherited in a family. Figure 5.20 shows the inheritance
of a type of gene disorder disease when a man who suffers from the gene disorder disease marries a
woman who is a gene disorder disease carrier.
Parent : Gene disorder Gene disorder

disease sufferer disease carrier
Phenotypes : Father (Colour blind) Mother (Carrier)

Genotypes : X bY XBXb
Meiosis Meiosis
Gametes : Xb Y XB Xb
Fertilisation
Offspring genotypes : XBXb Xb Xb XBY XbY
Offspring phenotypes : Daughter Daughter Son Son

(Carrier) (Colour blind) (Normal) (Colour blind)
Figure 5.20 Inheritance of a type of gene disorder disease
Most of the genes that control a trait are located on autosomes. However, there are also
traits that are located on sex chromosomes. This trait is known as the sex-linked trait and the
genes that are located on the sex chromosomes are called sex-linked genes. For example, the
blood clotting failure traits that cause haemophilia.
Haemophilia is a genetic disease that is experienced by a person when the blood at his
wound takes a longer time to clot. Haemophilia is only inherited when there is a recessive
allele that causes the diseases on the X chromosome. If there are no recessive alleles at X
chromosomes, there is no haemophilia disease. Study the schematic diagram for haemophilia
inheritance on the following Figure 5.21 and Figure 5.22.
94
5.3.3
Chap 05.indd 94 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
XH is the dominant allele (normal) and Xh is the recessive allele (haemophilia).
Parental phenotypes : Father (Normal) 3 Mother (Carrier)
Parental genotypes : XHY XHXh
Meiosis Meiosis
Gametes : XH Y XH Xh
Fertilisation
Offspring genotypes : XHXH XHXh XHY XhY

(Normal) (Carrier) (Normal) (Haemophilia)
Figure 5.21 Schematic diagram for inheritance of haemophilia if the father

is normal and the mother is a carrier
Parental phenotypes : Father (Normal) 3 Mother (Haemophilia)
Parental genotypes : XHY XhXh
Meiosis Meiosis
Gametes : XH Y Xh Xh
Fertilisation
Offspring genotypes : XHXh XHXh XhY XhY

(Carrier) (Carrier) (Haemophilia) (Haemophilia)
Figure 5.22 Schematic diagram for inheritance of haemophilia if the father

is normal and the mother is a haemophiliac
95
5.3.3
Chap 05.indd 95 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

How do we identify a gene
disorder disease, teacher?
EN. HARIZ HARIS

EN. HARIZ
Gene disorder
There are two methods that disease can be
can be used to identify gene identified through
disorder diseases: amniocentesis
and karyotyping.
• amniocentesis
• karyotyping
Karyotype produced
from these methods will
be used to identify any
abnormalities in the
chromosomes. This is to Amniocentesis
Karyotyping
detect any gene disorder http://bukutekskssm.
disease at an early stage. my/Science/F4/Pg96_2.
Science/F4/Pg96_1.mp4
mp4
VIDEO VIDEO
Amniocentesis
Amniocentesis is used to identify foetal cell abnormalities from the 15th to the 20th week
of pregnancy. At the beginning, the position of the foetus in the uterus is detected using the
ultrasound technique to ensure safe foetal position.
A needle will be This amniotic fluid is then

1 inserted carefully 3 centrifuged to separate the
through the amniotic fluid and foetal cells.
mother’s abdomen
penetrating the wall
of the uterus.
Amniotic fluid that The separated foetal

2 contains floating 4 cells will be used to
foetal cells obtain the karyotype.
is extracted.
Foetal
cells
Figure 5.23 Steps in amniocentesis
96
5.3.3
Chap 05.indd 96 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
Karyotyping
The cells are
transferred
Foetal cell/ Incubated Another chemical is into a
body tissue for 2 or added to stop mitosis at tube and
sample 3 days. the metaphase stage. centrifuged to
concentrate
the cell.
A chemical
is added to
stimulate
mitosis The cells are
transferred
into a
The photograph of new tube
the chromosomes containing
is cut and arranged fixative.
to form a karyotype.
This karyotype is used
to detect any gene
disorder disease.
The slide is observed The solution from the tube is taken and put
under the microscope and onto a microscope slide where a dye is added
a photograph is taken. so that the chromosome is clearer.
Figure 5.24 Steps in karyotyping
Application of Genetic Research to Improve Quality of Life

Genetic research has been carried out in various fields for the benefit of humans. Among the
genetic researches that can increase the quality of human life are forensic science, gene therapy and
genetic genealogy.
Forensic Science
Forensic science is one of the science and
technological fields that carries out the study on
crime investigation by identifying and confirming
the chronology of an incident based on scientific
evidence obtained.
Forensic science plays an important role in the
legal system in terms of preparing scientific based
information through physical evidence analysis.
During an investigation, the evidence is gathered at
the place of the incident or from the person involved,
analysed in the laboratory and then, the analytical
Photograph 5.7 A forensic scientist examining
result is presented in the court.
fingerprints in the lab
5.3.3 97
5.3.4
Chap 05.indd 97 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Gene Therapy
Gene therapy is a technique that is still at an experimental stage.
It is aimed at repairing the mutated genes (abnormal/defective)
that cause diseases such as cystic fibrosis, haemophilia and sickle
cell anaemia. This technique is carried out by introducing a
normal gene into the cell or tissue of the patient to replace the
defective genes.
DNA and Forensic

Gene Therapy Genetic Genealogy
Science
http://bukutekskssm.my/ http://bukutekskssm.my/
Science/F4/Pg98_2 Science/F4/Pg98_3
Science/F4/Pg98_1
INFORMATION INFORMATION INFORMATION
2
The normal
1 genes are
The stem cells are
inserted into
extracted from the patient.
the virus.
6
The genetically
modified cells
produce desired
protein or hormone.
5
These
cells are
injected
into the 3
The modified
patient. virus is added
4
The patient’s stem cells to the patient’s
are genetically modified. stem cells.
Figure 5.25 The process of gene therapy

98
5.3.4
Chap 05.indd 98 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
Genetic Genealogy
Genetic genealogy is a genetic accumulation study to determine the family pedigree or hierarchy,
ancestry and its history. DNA tests are used in the study.
... ...
21st Century Skills

Aim: To gather information and prepare a presentation about genetic research.
Instructions:
2. Gather information about the application in genetic research such as the following:
(a) forensic science
(b) gene therapy
(c) genetic genealogy
3. Gather the information above from various sources and present the outcome of your group
discussion in class.
The Effect of Genetic Research on Human Lives

Genetic research is a very useful field in biology. The genetic research is a technique that is
widely used to change the genes in medical and agricultural fields. There are a few advantages
and disadvantages of genetic research that have emerged due to human behaviour. Let us carry
out an activity to widen our knowledge and take into account the opinions of other friends
about the advantages and disadvantages of genetic research in terms of economic, welfare, ethics,
psychological and social.
... ...
Activity 5.5 Debate
Aim: To debate on the effects of genetic research. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
1. Form two debate teams and invite a few teachers as adjudicators.
2. Debate the topic “Genetic research brings about more advantages than disadvantages” in terms of
genetic screening based on the following aspects:
(a) economy (insurance, job opportunities)
(b) welfare (family institution)
(c) ethics
(d) psychology
(e) social
5.3.4 99
5.3.5
Chap 05.indd 99 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 5.3
1. What is mutation?
2. List three factors that cause mutation.
3. List the advantages and disadvantages of genetic research.
4. What problems will arise if ethics and values are not practised in genetic research?
5.4 Genetic Engineering Technology
What is genetic engineering? Genetic engineering is the term used for genetic modification of an
organism. Genetic engineering was first introduced around 1971-1973 and is known as genetic
engineering science. Genetic engineering, is usually related to recombinant DNA, genetically
modified organisms (GMO) and gene therapy.
Recombinant DNA Technology

Recombinant DNA technology is a technology that combines two different species to produce a
new genetic characteristic. For example, DNA from a plant can be combined with a bacterial DNA,
or a human DNA is combined with DNA from fungi, to create a hybrid DNA. A more detailed
example is, the production of human insulin using bacteria. The production of this insulin can
help people who suffer from diabetes mellitus.
Restriction enzyme Fermentation tank

DNA
4.
1. Human
insulin gene
Human
pancreatic cell Recombinant Human
bacteria insulin
3. 5.
Human insulin
Recombinant DNA
DNA Plasmid DNA
2.
Bacterial cell
1. DNA is cut with restriction enzyme
VIDEO
2. Plasmid DNA is cut with restriction enzyme
3. Recombinant DNA is introduced into a bacterial cell Recombinant DNA
4. Recombinant bacteria multiplying in fermentation tank and producing Technology
human insulin http://bukutekskssm.my/
Science/F4/Pg100.mp4
5. Extraction and purification of human insulin
Figure 5.26 The making of insulin through recombinant DNA technology
100
5.4.1
Chap 05.indd 100 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
Genetically Modified Organism (GMO)

Have you ever heard of the term GMO?
GMO is the abbreviation for Genetically
Modified Organism, that is an organism
(plant, animal, bacteria or virus) which has
been genetically modified for a particular
purpose.
This technology combines genes
from two different species. This can be done by
Photograph 5.8 Example of
combining an animal gene with a plant gene or a bacterial gene.
genetically modified food
This will produce a genetically modified organism (GMO) with
new characteristics that might not be possible to be produced
through the traditional crossover process. The new organism has
a few specific changes that are needed to increase commercial Brain Teaser
Teaser
quality. A few plants that have been produced are plants that can Is this a product of genetic
resist pests or diseases. This application can be seen in paddy, engineering?
maize and palm oil cultivation.
Bigger fruits, higher nutritional value and resistance to pests
and diseases are the characteristics of the product desired in the
agricultural field. One of the benefits
of crops produced through genetic Creation of an Insect
modification is a reduction in the Resistant Tomato Plant
use of pesticides. Therefore, it can
Science/F4/Pg101.jpg
reduce environmental pollution. INFORMATION
21st Century Skills

Aim: To search for information about genetic engineering such as
recombinant DNA, gene therapy and genetically modified organism.
Instructions:
2. Gather information about recombinant DNA, gene therapy and genetically modified organism (GMO).
3. Do a multimedia presentation about the topics that were discussed.
101
5.4.1
Chap 05.indd 101 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

The Effects of Genetic Engineering Technology in Life
Genetic engineering technology
Advantages Disadvantages
1. Identifies and determines hereditary 1. The product of genetic changes causes
diseases and consequently treat allergy and side effects to the consumers
the disease. that suffer from allergy.
2. Produces quality plants and livestock. 2. Genetic research produces new species
that can cause the original species
3. Produces plants and livestock that to become extinct.
has high resistance towards diseases
compared to the earlier generation. 3. Can cause side effects such as mutation
to the consumers.
4. Produces more plants that require
shorter time to harvest. 4. Genetic modification may be used
unethically to produce biological
5. Produces insulin and enzymes weapons that can harm humans.
from bacteria that can improve
human health. 5. Produce organisms that have high
resistance to pesticides.
Figure 5.27 Advantages and disadvantages of genetic engineering technology
... ...
Activity 5.7 Debate
Aim: To debate on the effects of genetic engineering technology in life. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
1. Prepare the debate topic for your class. For example, the debate topic that can be considered is
as follows:
“Genetic engineering has more advantages than disadvantages”
2. Divide the class into two groups. One group is the proponent and the other is the opponent.
3. The debate can be carried out in the class or school hall.
102
5.4.2
Chap 05.indd 102 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
Ethics in Genetic Engineering Technology

1. Genetic research needs to be carried out with high integrity so that it is not morally and
religiously wrong.
2. Genetic engineering technology can help humans in terms of health such as insulin
synthesis to help humans who suffer from diabetes mellitus.
3. Genetic engineering technology can help humans in solving the problems of food shortage
and crop damage.
4. Ethics and values must be practised when carrying out genetic engineering experiments so
that it does not touch on religious and moral sensitivities.
5. To prevent the misuse of genetic engineering technology, laws and regulations should be
enforced to educate the researchers on the development of genetic engineering.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 5.4
1. What is meant by genetic engineering?
2. Explain the meaning and give one example of recombinant DNA, gene therapy and GMO.
3. State three advantages and disadvantages of genetic engineering technology.
5.5 Variation
Photograph 5.9 Variation among students

Look at your friends and teachers around you. Do they look the same or different? Why?
The difference that exists among us is caused by variation. Variation is the differences in
characteristics among individuals from the same species. Look at the example of variation in
Photograph 5.9. Can you state the examples of variation that can be seen in this picture?
5.4.3 103
5.5.1
Chap 05.indd 103 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Continuous Variation and Discontinuous Variation
Continuous variation is the variation that shows differences that are not distinct or not clear
between individuals in the same population. Examples of continuous variation in humans are
height and body weight. Can you think of other examples of continuous variation that you can see
among your friends and family members?
Continuous variation is quantitative. These characteristics can be measured and are
represented by a normal distribution curve. Look at the normal distribution graph in
Figure 5.28 below.
Continuous variation is determined by genes but can also be influenced by environmental
factors. As an example, the skin colour of an individual is determined by genes that are inherited
from his mother and father. However, the individual can have different skin colour when he stays
at two different locations.
9
8
7
Number of students
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
145-149 150-154 155-159 160-164 165-169 170-174 175-179 180-184
Height (cm)
Figure 5.28 Continuous variation
Discontinuous variation is the variation that shows differences that are distinct or very clear
between individuals of the same population. Examples of discontinuous variation in humans
are the ability to roll the tongue, types of fingerprints, earlobes and blood groups. Can you think
of other examples of discontinuous variation that you can see among your friends and family
members?
104
5.5.1
Chap 05.indd 104 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
The graph for discontinuous variation is in discrete shape. The bar

chart is used to represent discontinuous variation. Discontinuous
variation is qualitative. Discontinuous variation is determined by
genetic factor only. Hence, the traits for discontinuous variation can
be inherited from one generation to the next generation, and they are
not influenced by environmental factors.
Number of (a) Unable to roll

individuals the tongue
(b) Able to roll

Blood the tongue
group
A B AB O Photograph 5.10 An example
Figure 5.29 Discontinuous variation of discontinuous variation
(Source: National Blood Centre)
Activity 5.8
Aim: To investigate the type of variation for height and body mass among the students.
Material: Graph paper
Apparatus: Measuring tape, weighing machine
Instructions:
1. Measure the height of every student in the class.
2. Record the height data in the table below according to the height range of the students.
3. Plot a histogram of the number of students against the height range.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 for body mass.
Result:
130 – 135 – 140 – 145 – 150 – 155 – 160 – 165 – 170 –
Height (cm)
134 139 144 149 154 159 164 169 174
Number of
students
105
5.5.1
Chap 05.indd 105 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Body mass (kg) 35 – 39 40 – 44 45 – 49 50 – 54 55 – 59 60 – 64 65 – 69 70 – 74 75 – 79
Number of
students
Questions:
1. What is the frequent height and body mass range?
2. What is the shape of the height and body mass histograms that you have plotted?
3. Is there any difference that is distinct between the height and body mass of students in the class?
Activity 5.9
Aim: To investigate the type of variation for the ability to roll the tongue among students.
Material: Graph paper
Instructions:
1. Gather information of those who are able and not able to roll their tongue in the class.
2. Record the data in the table below.
3. Plot a bar chart of number of students against their ability to roll their tongue.
Result:
Characteristic Ability to roll the tongue
Trait Able Unable
Number of
students
Questions:
1. What is the shape of the bar chart that you have plotted?
2. Is there any distinct difference between the ability to roll the tongue among the students in
the class?
106
5.5.1
Chap 05.indd 106 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
Factors that Cause Variation

Can you state the factors that cause variation? Let us do the following Activity 5.10 to gather
the information.
... ...
Aim: To gather information about variation. 21st Century Skills

Instructions:
2. Gather information about:
(a) factors that cause variation
(b) the importance of variation
3. Record the information on a flip chart paper.
4. Put up your group’s work on the classroom wall.
5. A member from each group will present to other groups.
Factors that cause variation
Genetic factor Environmental factor
Crossing over between homologous Environmental factors such as pH,

chromosomes during meiosis enables sunlight, temperature, water, climate
the exchange of genetic materials and and nutrition can cause changes in the
produces a new genetic combination. characteristics of organisms.
For example,
– a person will have dark skin colour if
Independent assortment of chromosomes
he is often exposed to sunlight.
produces gametes that have different
– eating excessively will make a
genetic information.
person fat.
– the Hydrangea sp. flower is blue if
planted in acidic soil and pink in
Random fertilisation between male and
alkaline or neutral soil.
female gametes produces zygotes with
different genotype combination.
Chromosome and gene mutations

produce new phenotypes due to changes
in genetic information.
Figure 5.30 Factors that cause variation

107
5.5.1
Chap 05.indd 107 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Importance of Variation
Variation in organisms enables the organisms to adapt themselves to their environment.

Individuals with different characteristics from the majority group are able to withstand, adapt
and survive with the changes in the environment. If all individuals are the same, they will
become extinct when a drastic change happens in the environment.
Variation enables us to easily differentiate and recognise each individual in the same
species.
Variation allows natural selection, that is, an organism with suitable characteristics will
continue to live, whereas an organism with less suitable characteristics will become extinct. The
evolution of organism occurs through natural selection.
Variation helps organisms to camouflage in order to protect themselves from predators.
Variations in animals and plants can increase their value. For example, as a result of genetic
engineering and selective breeding, animals and plants with new genetic characteristics can be
produced according to the characteristics desired. This can increase the quality and quantity of
the product.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 5.5
1. What is meant by variation?
2. (a) Name two types of variations.
(b) Compare and contrast both types of variations that you stated in question 2(a).
3. State two genetic factors that cause variation.
4. How does environmental factor causes variation? Explain it by providing suitable examples.
5. State three importance of variation.
108
5.5.1
Chap 05.indd 108 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Chap 05.indd 109
GENETICS
Cell Division Mutation Variation
Mitosis Meiosis Continuous Discontinuous
Importance Importance
Genetic Engineering
Technology
DNA
Inheritance
Type of
Mechanism of Ethics
technology
inheritance
Effects
Chromosome Gene Gene disorder

mutation mutation diseases
109
Genetics Chapter 5
31/10/2019 4:16 PM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
5.1 Cell Division
Explain gene, deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and chromosomes in the nucleus.
Compare and contrast mitosis and meiosis.
Justify the importance of mitosis and meiosis.
5.2 Inheritance
Explain inheritance in humans.
Communicate the inheritance mechanisms.
5.3 Mutation
Describe the definition of mutation and types of mutations.
Explain with examples the factors that cause gene mutation and chromosome mutation.
Explain with examples gene disorder diseases with their characteristics and their
screening method.
Discuss genetic research application to increase living quality.
Debate the effects of genetics research on human life.
5.4 Genetic Engineering Technology
Justify genetic engineering technology.
Debate the effects of genetic engineering technology in life.
Justify ethics in genetic engineering technology.
5.5 Variation
Communicate continuous variation and discontinuous variation.
Summative
Sum Practice
1. (a) Figure 1 shows the structure of a chromosome.
Figure 1
(i) Name the structure marked P.
110
Chap 05.indd 110 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Genetics Chapter 5
(ii) State three basic components that form the structures that you named in question 1(a)(i).
(b) How many chromosomes can be found in the human body cell?
(c) Explain the difference between autosome and sex chromosome.
2. Figure 2 shows a phase in the cell division process.
Figure 2
(a) State the phase shown in Figure 2.
(b) At this phase, explain the behaviour of chromosomes.
(c) Name the process that occurs at this phase. Explain its impact on organisms if this process
does not occur.
(d) State the animal cell that carries out the process of cell division as in Figure 2 above.
3. Figure 3 shows two stages in a cell that undergoes mitosis.
P Q
Figure 3
(a) Name stage P.
(b) State the behaviour of chromosomes during stage Q.
(c) Name an organ in humans and an organ in plants that undergo mitosis.
Mind hallenge
Challenge
C

4. Figure 4 shows the karyotype that is analysed after Mrs K 1 2 3 4 5
undergoes amniocentesis.
(a) What is the probability that causes Mrs K to undergo
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
this procedure?
(b) (i) What is the name of the disease that will be
suffered by the foetus in Mrs K’s womb? 13 14 15 16 17 18
(ii) What is the sex of the foetus?

19 20 21 22 XY
Figure 4
111
Chap 05.indd 111 31/10/2019 4:16 PM

Chapter
6 Support, Movement
and Growth
Keywords
Endoskeleton
Exoskeleton
Hydrostatic skeleton
Support
Ecdysis
Skeletal system
Axial skeleton
Appendicular skeleton
Cartilage
Tendon
Muscle
Centre of gravity
112
Chap 06.indd 112 22/10/2019 8:50 AM

What is the advantage of an endoskeleton

compared to an exoskeleton?
Why is an exoskeleton not found in insects
such as cockroaches?
What is the type of skeleton found in the
earthworm that provides support to its body?
What are the factors that affect the stability of
animals?
What kind of support system can be found in
humans and plants?
Animal and Hum
an M ovement
Cheetah is the
fastest terrestria
l
animal on Earth.
Cheetah can mov
e
from 0 to 96 km
per hour in just
three seconds.
Do you know
who is the fastes
t
man on Earth? Th
e
title for 'The Fast
est Man on Eart
Jamaica who br h' is held by Usa
oke the world re in Bolt from
9.58 seconds. H cord for the 100-
ow do animals an metre sprint in
more about this d humans move?
. Let us learn
Andawill
You akan belajar
learn tentang:
about:
support, movement and growth in animals
human movement and growth
support, growth and stability in plants
113
Chap 06.indd 113 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

6.1 Support, Movement and Growth in Animals
ba ck Type of Support in Animals

back
What is the support system for animals? Skeleton is the support
Vertebrates consist
of fish, amphibians, system for all types of animals. There are three types of support for
reptiles, birds animals, that are, endoskeleton, exoskeleton and hydrostatic skeleton.
and mammals.
Endoskeleton
Endoskeleton is the type of support for all vertebrates including
humans. Endoskeleton is made up of internal bones and cartilage.
Endoskeleton plays a role in supporting the body weight, protecting
the internal organs and maintaining the body shape. Besides that,
endoskeleton also becomes the basic attachment for muscles to move
body parts.
Frog Eagle
Crocodile
Fish
Cat
Photograph 6.1 Examples of animals that have endoskeleton
Brain Teaser
Teaser Exoskeleton
What is the type of Exoskeleton is the type of support for most invertebrates.
skeleton in a snake? Exoskeleton consists of an outer layer of waxy chitin or shell.
Endoskeleton or Exoskeleton functions to support the body weight, maintain
hydrostatic skeleton?
body shape and support internal organs of animals. Besides that,
exoskeleton is also the base for muscle attachment.
Scorpion
Spider
Prawn
Crab
Photograph 6.2 Examples of animals that have exoskeleton

114
6.1.1
Chap 06.indd 114 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Hydrostatic skeleton
Some invertebrates with soft bodies such as worms do not have any bones in their bodies.
These animals are supported by a hydrostatic skeleton. The hydrostatic skeleton consists of a
muscular wall that encloses the body cavity that is filled with fluid. The fluid exerts pressure
on the muscular wall of the body in all directions causing the animal's body to be firm. This
hydrostatic skeleton maintains and controls the animal's body shape. Hydrostatic skeleton also
plays a role in the movement of the animal.
Earthworm
Leech
Star fish Jelly fish

Photograph 6.3 Examples of animals that have a hydrostatic skeleton
Aim: To prepare a multimedia presentation on the types of supports in 21st Century Skills
animals, that are, exoskeleton, endoskeleton and hydrostatic skeleton.
Instructions:
2. Gather information from various sources such as books, video and the Internet about support and
movement of animals.
3. Create a multimedia presentation on:
(a) types of skeleton
(b) the function of types of skeleton mentioned in (a)
(c) examples of animals with each type of skeleton
4. Present the multimedia presentation to your friends and teacher.
Exoskeleton Size with Growth

Growth can be measured and observed by plotting a graph of growth unit against time. This graph
is called the growth curve. Growth unit can be used to measure height (cm), volume (cm3), wet
mass (g) and dry mass (g). The growth curve that is formed shows growth phases and growth rate
undergone by the organism.
6.1.1 115
6.1.2
Chap 06.indd 115 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

The growth curve of all organisms basically is sigmoid in shape.
It is different according to the type of organism. However, the growth
curve of animals with exoskeleton is different and unique.
The growth curve of the animals with exoskeleton such as the
Growth
cockroach and grasshopper can be seen in stages. This is because the

exoskeleton of these types of organisms is made up of hard chitin
and it is unable to expand.
Time These characteristics will prevent the growth of the animals that
Figure 6.1 Sigmoid-shaped
have exoskeleton such as the prawn, beetle, crab and grasshopper.
growth curve To overcome this problem, the animals will shed the exoskeleton
repeatedly until they reach adulthood. The process of shedding the
skin is called ecdysis. During the ecdysis process, a new and soft
exoskeleton is formed under the old exoskeleton. Figure 6.2 shows
the growth curve of animals that have an exoskeleton.
Body length (cm)
Adult
IV
I–V
III are the nymph stages
II
Egg Insect moults its skin (ecdysis)

Old
exoskeleton
Time (days)
The vertical part shows growth that occurs dramatically.
The horizontal part (I, II, III, IV, V) shows the zero growth stage
(no growth occurs) and it is called the instar. A new skeleton that
is soft is formed below the old skeleton.
Figure 6.2 Growth curve of animals with exoskeleton

Photograph 6.4 The insect
sheds the hard exoskeleton
During ecdysis, the animals with exoskeleton will suck in air to
expand their bodies. The action of sucking air will break the previous
exoskeleton that is hard. A rapid growth will occur to increase the
size of the organism before the new exoskeleton hardens.
116
6.1.2
Chap 06.indd 116 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Animals with exoskeleton will always

undergo a few stages of ecdysis before The growth curve graph of
animals with an exoskeleton
reaching adulthood. This ecdysis stage is step-shaped. If you
causes the animals growth curve graph to remember a ladder, you will
be step-shaped. At the nymph stages, the remember the graph for
animals will eat a lot to build new tissues insect growth.
and increase their weight. A hormone will
control every stage of the ecdysis.
Activity 6.2 Inquiry
21st Century Skills

Aim: To study the growth curve of animals with exoskeleton.
Apparatus: Ruler
Procedure:
1. Observe the five grasshopper nymphs and an adult grasshopper in the table below.
Day 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Grasshopper
A B C D E Adult
2. Measure the length of grasshopper nymph A (from the head to the end of the abdomen) using a ruler.
3. Record the length of nymph A in the table below.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 using the pictures of the grasshopper nymphs B, C, D, E and the adult grasshopper.
Observation:
Day Length of the grasshopper (cm)
1
2
3
.
..
..
30
Questions:
1. Plot the growth curve of the grasshopper.
2. Why does the grasshopper growth curve have such pattern?
3. Explain the metamorphosis process of the grasshopper based on the growth curve.
117
6.1.2
Chap 06.indd 117 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Relating the Hydrostatic Skeleton with Movement
How does an earthworm move? Let us see how the hydrostatic skeleton helps an earthworm
with its movement.
The earthworm has a hydrostatic skeleton, which means its body cavity is filled with
fluid. The earthworm moves on land with the aid of chaetae, that is, the bristles found at
the side of its body. There are two types of muscles on the walls of the earthworm’s body,
known as the circular muscles and longitudinal muscles as shown in Figure 6.3.
The muscles in the earthworm also act antagonistically (opposing). When the circular
muscles contract, the longitudinal muscles relax causing the earthworm body to
become thin and long. When the longitudinal muscles contract and circular muscles
relax, the earthworm body will become thicker and shorter.
The antagonistic (opposing) action of the circular muscles and longitudinal muscles
exerts a hydrostatic pressure on the fluid in the earthworm body. When the
earthworm body becomes thinner and longer, the hydrostatic pressure transfers the
fluid in its body to the rear end of the body. What would happen to the fluid when the
earthworm body thickens and shortens? The body fluid will be transferred to the part
shortened by the hydrostatic pressure causing the rear of the earthworm to be stretched
to the front as shown in Figure 6.5.
Movement of Jellyfish
http://bukutekskssm.my/Science/
F4/JellyfishMovement.mp4
VIDEO
118
6.1.3
Chap 06.indd 118 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Longitudinal
muscle
Circular muscle
Fluid-filled body
Otot lingkar pada hujung
cavity
anterior mengecut
Otot membujur mengendur
Chaetae
Segmen badan memanjang
Otot membujur mengecut
manakala otot lingkar

Figure 6.3 Hydrostatic skeleton in the earthworm mengendur
Badan cacing tanah
Circular memendek
Longitudinal muscles Keta mencengkam tanah
muscles relax contract Circular muscles
Hujung posterior ditarik ke
relax
hadapan
Longitudinal
Pengecutan dan
muscles contract
pengenduran otot
dari anterior ke posterior
Posterior Anterior
secara berselang seli
membolehkan cacing tanah
bergerak
Rear Front ke hadapan
end Chaetae
end
Figure 6.4 The arrangement of the circular muscles and longitudinal muscles in the earthworm
• The earthworm moves with the aid of Key:

the contraction and relaxation of the Direction of movement
circular and longitudinal muscles that Wave of contraction
take place antagonistically from the
anterior part to the posterior part.
Posterior
• When the longitudinal muscles Anterior
contract and the circular muscles
relax, the segments on the body
of the earthworm will shorten and Rear Front
end Chaetae end
thicken. The chaetae at this segment
of the body will grip the ground.
• At the same time, the other segments
will become longer and thinner. This
occurs because the circular muscles
at these segments contract and the
longitudinal muscles relax.
The chaetae at these segments will
release the grip to allow the body
of the earthworm to lengthen and
move forward.
Figure 6.5 The way the earthworm moves
119
6.1.3
Chap 06.indd 119 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

21st Century Skills

Aim : To prepare a multimedia presentation to explain the hydrostatic skeleton.
Instructions:
2. Gather information from various resources such as books, videos and Internet related to hydrostatic
skeleton and movement.
3. Prepare a multimedia presentation on hydrostatic skeleton.
4. Find and share information on the role of fluid pressure in the body cavity in the movement of
animals such as the worm and the jellyfish.
The Functions of the Endoskeleton in Animals

Vertebrates that have endoskeleton are divided into terrestrial vertebrates, aquatic vertebrates
and birds. In this subtopic, we will learn the functions of the endoskeleton in all three types of
vertebrates. The skeletons of these animals are different according to the habitat of the vertebrates.
Terrestrial Vertebrates
Terrestrial vertebrates need a strong and firm skeleton to support the body. These animals have
a big skeletal frame that is compatible to their body size. The body weight of the terrestrial
vertebrates is supported especially by the pectoral girdle and pelvic girdle.
An elephant needs a strong pectoral girdle and pelvic girdle to support its body weight. Both
these girdles are joined with the legs as shown in Figure 6.6 below.
Pectoral girdle
Pelvic girdle
ience Gallery
Science
Sc
The backbone of
four-legged terrestrial
animals such as the
camel and the horse
curves up or down. This
condition gives stronger
support to the muscles
attached to the backbone.
The curvature enables the
backbone to withstand
the gravitational force that
acts on the animals.
Figure 6.6 Endoskeleton of an elephant
120
6.1.4
Chap 06.indd 120 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

Aquatic Vertebrates
Aquatic vertebrates have a smaller endoskeleton compared to their body. The pectoral girdle and
the pelvic girdle of the aquatic animals are small and weak. Aquatic vertebrates such as the whale
can grow larger than the size of their skeleton. This is because the weight of the aquatic animals is
supported by the buoyancy force.
Pelvic girdle
Pectoral girdle
Figure 6.7 Endoskeleton of a whale
Birds
A bird has the bone structure that is adapted for
flying. The flat and wide sternum bone (breast bone)
of the bird functions as a place for the attachment
of muscles for flight. The bones of the bird are also
hollow and light. Besides, the size of a bird’s skull
is small compared to other animals' skull and this
makes it easy for birds to fly. Sternum
Figure 6.8 Endoskeleton of a bird
Activiy 6.4 Multimedia Presentation
21st Century Skills

Aim: To gather information on differences in the functions of the
endoskeleton of terrestrial vertebrates, aquatic vertebrates and birds.
Instructions:
2. Gather information from various resources such as books, videos and the Internet.
3. Prepare a multimedia presentation on:
(a) the differences in each skeleton in terrestrial vertebrates, aquatic vertebrates and birds
(b) the examples of animals for each type of skeleton
121
6.1.4
Chap 06.indd 121 22/10/2019 8:51 AM

The Human Skeletal System
The human skeleton is made up of 206 bones of various sizes and
shapes. The human skeleton can be divided into two parts, that
are the axial skeleton and the appendicular skeleton. The axial
skeleton consists of the skull, the vertebral column, the sternum
and the ribs. The appendicular skeleton consists of the pectoral
girdle, the upper limbs, the pelvic girdle and the lower limbs.
Cranium
Axial skeleton
Skull
The human skull consists of two parts,

that are the cranial bones and the facial
bones. The function of the cranial bones is
to protect the brain. Facial bones serve to
provide the basic shape or the framework
for the face and also to support the teeth.
Vertebral column
The vertebral column consists of 33 small bones
or vertebrae. These bones that are connected
form a strong and flexible column. This vertebral
column has a very important function, that is to
protect the spinal cord. Side
view
Front view
1 3D Model
Ribs and sternum
The human ribs consist of 12 pairs of ribs 3
2
Brain Teaser
Teaser
that are joined to the thoracic vertebra at 4 A baby has 275 bones
the back. Seven pairs of ribs are attached 5 at birth, whereas
to the sternum directly and three more ribs an adult has 206
6
are indirectly connected by cartilage. Two bones. Why does this
more pairs (the last two) hang free. The 7 difference occur?
sternum and the ribs function to protect 8
the main organs, that are the heart and 9
the lungs. 10
Sternum
Thoracic
11 12
vertebrae Figure 6.9 The human skeleton
122
6.1.5
Chap 06.indd 122 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

Appendicular Skeleton
Clavicle
Pectoral girdle
There is a pair of pectoral girdles in the human body.
The pectoral girdle connects the upper limbs to the axial
Scapula skeleton. The pectoral girdle consists of the clavicle and
the scapula.
Humerus
Upper limb
The upper limb consists of the humerus, radius, ulna,
carpus, metacarpus and phalanx. The end of the humerus,
that is ball-shaped, is attached to the pectoral girdle. The
lower end of the humerus is attached to the radius and ulna.
The radius and ulna are attached to the carpus bones to
form the wrist. The metacarpus bones form the palm and
are attached to the carpus bones. The phalanx bones that
Radius form the fingers are attached to the metacarpus bones.
Ulna
Metacarpus
Phalanx Carpus
Pelvic girdle
The pelvic girdle is connected to the axial skeleton. The

pelvic girdle is formed from a pair of hip bones. The pelvic
girdle supports weight, protects the bladder and the
reproductive organs.
Lower limb
Femur
The lower limb consists of the femur, tibia, fibula, tarsus,
metatarsus and phalanx. The upper end of the femur
that is ball-shaped is attached to the pelvic girdle. The
Patella
lower end of the femur is attached to the tibia and
fibula. The tibia and fibula are the bones of the calf. The
Fibula lower ends of the tibia and fibula are attached to the
tarsus, that is, the ankle. The tarsus is attached to the
metatarsus bones to form the foot. The metatarsus is
attached to the phalanx or the bone of the toe.
Tibia Phalanx
Tarsus
Metatarsus
123
6.1.5
Chap 06.indd 123 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

... ...
Aim: To identify and name the bones in the human skeleton. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. Take the diagram of the human skeleton from your teacher.
3. Take turns to label the human skeletal system.
4. Put up the diagram on the notice board in your classroom.
Comparing the Strength of the

Compact Bone with the Hollow Bone
Which bone is stronger?
Terrestrial vertebrates such as elephants have The compact bone or
big, compact and strong bones. This is the hollow bone?
because the whole of its body weight is
supported by the endoskeleton.
Birds have hollow bones to enable them to fly.
Hollow bones have several advantages: HAIKAL
(a) light and strong

(b) allow the vertebrates to move I am not sure. Let us do
more quickly the experiment below.
(c) need less calcium and phosphorus
Experiment 6.1
Aim: To compare the strength of the compact bone with the hollow bone.
Problem statement: Is the hollow bone stronger than the compact bone?
Hypothesis: The hollow bone is stronger than the compact bone.
Variables:
(a) manipulated: Type of cylinders (hollow or compact)
(b) responding: Number of textbooks that can be supported by the cylinders
(c) constant: Length and diameter of the cylinder
Materials: A4 paper, cellophane tape, box covers
Apparatus: Textbooks, scissors
Procedure:
1. Make a hollow cylinder with a diameter measuring 2.5 cm. Stick the upper and lower ends of the
paper roll with cellophane tape. Make three more similar rolls.
2. Stick each cylinder at the corners of the box cover and name the structure as table model A as in
Figure 6.10(a).
3. Make a compact cylinder with a diameter measuring 2.5 cm. Stick the upper and lower ends of the
paper roll with cellophane tape. Make three more similar rolls.
124
6.1.6
Chap 06.indd 124 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

4. Stick each cylinder at the corners of the box cover and name the structure as table model B as in
Figure 6.10(b).
Box cover
Hollow Compact
cylinders cylinders
Model A Model B
Figure 6.10(a) Figure 6.10(b)
5. Place the textbooks one by one on top of each table model A and B until the paper rolls bend.
Result:
Cylinder Number of textbooks that can be supported
Hollow
Compact
Conclusion:
Questions:
1. What is represented by:
(a) the paper rolls of table model A?
(b) the paper rolls of table model B?
2. Suggest two advantages of the support system that is represented by the paper rolls of table model A.
Support Systems and the Factors of Stability in Animals

A good support system enables an animal to move more smoothly and efficiently. The stability of
an animal is different according to the point of equilibrium of the animal's support system.
Between these animals,

which is more stable?
Can you explain?
NADIA
Photograph 6.5 Two animals with different

points of equilibrium
6.1.6 125
6.1.7
Chap 06.indd 125 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

Centre of Gravity
The centre of gravity refers to the point of equilibrium of a support
system or an object. It is the point where the weight of the support
system or the object acts to balance the position of the support system
or the object.
The position of the centre of gravity plays an important role in
animals. Generally, animals that have a lower centre of gravity are
more stable than animals that have a higher centre of gravity. For
example, the giraffe is less stable when standing because of the higher
centre of gravity compared to the tortoise and the crocodile that are
stable naturally as they have a lower centre of gravity.
Tortoise
Crocodile
Giraffe
Photograph 6.6 Animals with different positions of centre of gravity
Factors that Affect Stability

Stability is the ability of an object to maintain its original position. There are two factors that affect
the stability of an object or a support system that is:
1. Centre of gravity – An object that has a higher centre of gravity is less stable compared to an
object that has a lower centre of gravity.
2. Base area – An object with a big base area is more stable compared to an object with a small
base area.
Factors that affect the
stability of an object
Brain Teaser
Teaser
Can you explain why
Formula 1 cars are
designed lower in height Centre of gravity Base area
than ordinary cars?
R S
Q
Centre
of
gravity Base area Base area
P is more stable than Q R is more stable than S
Figure 6.11 Factors that affect the stability of an object
126
6.1.7
Chap 06.indd 126 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

Solutions for Animals with Stability Problem
Among the challenges faced by tall animals is to maintain the stability in their daily
lives. As an example, the tall giraffe faces difficulty in drinking water compared to other
animals. To overcome this problem, the giraffe has to increase the base area of the
support system by spreading its legs as shown in Photograph 6.7 below. This action will
lower the centre of gravity of the giraffe so that it does not fall easily.
Photograph 6.7 The way the giraffe maintains the stability of its body
The same condition is also faced by the kangaroos. This is because kangaroos jump and stand
using two hind legs. The front feet or forelegs of the kangaroo are not used for standing. This
condition causes the kangaroo to become unstable and to fall easily when not moving. To
overcome the problem, the kangaroo uses its tail as the support system to prevent itself from
falling. The tail is used as a strut to increase the base area of the kangaroo when not moving.
Foreleg
Tail as
a strut
Hind leg
Photograph 6.8 The way the kangaroo maintains the stability of its body
(Source: Biology, a functional approach, 4th edition)
127
6.1.7
Chap 06.indd 127 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 6.1
1. State the importance of a support system.
2. Explain the meaning of exoskeleton, endoskeleton and hydrostatic skeleton.
3. Explain the growth curve of an animal with exoskeleton.
4. What is the meaning of ecdysis?
5. State the two factors that affect the stability of an animal.
6. (a) What is centre of gravity?
(b) What is the relationship between the height of an object and its stability?
6.2 Human Movement and Growth

The skeletal system and muscles enable humans to move. The contraction and relaxation of
the skeletal muscles produce movement. The skeletal muscles act in pairs and in opposite
direction to one another. Each muscle pair that acts in opposite direction is known as
antagonistic muscles. The movement of these muscles enables humans to walk, jump, run,
swim, crawl and carry things. Figure 6.12 shows the antagonistic movement of muscles.
Biceps relax
Biceps
contract 3D Model
Triceps
Triceps contract
relax
Arm bends Arm straightens
Figure 6.12 Antagonistic movement of muscles to bend and straighten the arm
Functions of Joints and Muscles in Movement

The joint is the meeting place between two or more bones. The joint that allows the limbs to
move is called the movable joint (for example, the hinge joint at the elbow) whereas the joint
that does not allow the limbs to move is called the immovable joint (for example, the joint at
the skull).
Figure 6.13 shows the example of hinge joint at the arm. The muscles that are involved in
the hinge joint movement are the biceps and triceps.
128
6.2.1
Chap 06.indd 128 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

ience Gallery
Science
Sc
The ligament is an
Biceps elastic, flexible and strong
connective tissue that
joins two bones. This
characteristic of being
strong and elastic enables
Triceps the ligament to hold and
Radius connect the bones and
Tendon allow movement.
Muscles are tissues that
are formed by aligned
fibres. The muscle cell
Ligament contains mitochondria
that generates energy for
contraction and relaxation
Hinge joint of the muscles.
Ulna
Figure 6.13 Example of the movable joint (hinge joint)
Bone
Muscle
The synovial fluid

functions to lubricate
and provide nutrients
to the cartilage. The
synovial fluid also acts as
a lubricant in the joint.
The cartilage or
cartilaginous bone
acts as a cushion and
protects the joint. The The tendon is a connective tissue that
cartilage functions to connects muscles to the bone. The tendon
reduce friction. consists of a combination of fibres that
are strong and inelastic. The muscle
contraction force will be transferred to the
bone through the tendon.
Figure 6.14 Functions of the synovial fluid, cartilage and tendon at the joint
129
6.2.1
Chap 06.indd 129 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

Science Career The Problems Related to Joints and
Muscles in Daily Life
Orthopaedist
Orthopaedist is a specialist
doctor who treats injuries ... ...
such as bone fractures,
backbone defects or
bone deterioration such
as osteoporosis. The Title: Problems related to joints and 21st Century Skills
orthopaedist helps patients muscles in daily life.
to undergo the skeletal
muscle recovery process. Related topic: Functions of joints and muscles in movement
Chiropractor Suggested time period: 1 week
Chiropractor is
a practitioner of Problem:
complementary medicine Among the problems related to joints and muscles that occur
that is related to frequently are the injuries to the joints and muscles caused by
diagnosis and treatment
of mechanical muscle
physical activities, and knee pain among the elderly.
system, skeleton and Based on this, discuss how these problems can be prevented.
backbone disruptions.
Resources:
Physiotherapist
• Websites
Physiotherapist is known
as the medical limb • Other related references such as journals related to medicine
rehabilitator or medical and balanced diet.
rehabilitation officer.
Physiotherapist helps
Explain suitable ways or methods to prevent injuries to joints and
patients recover and muscles. The result can be presented in the form of PowerPoint.
ensures each patient’s
physical function is at a
high level.
Human Growth Pattern

Human growth is a process where
changes occur in terms of size, total
number of cells, weight, shape size,
and body function. It is a permanent
and irreversible process. This
growth occurs due to the increase
in number of cells in the body.
Human growth occurs to the
whole body and is different
according to the sex and age.
Infant Child Adolescent Adult Aged
Figure 6.15 Human growth stages
130 6.2.2
6.2.3
Chap 06.indd 130 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

Human Growth Stage
Infancy Childhood
This stage is from 0-3 years. Male The rate of growth is not as
and female infants undergo high as the rate of growth at
the same growth. Their rate of the infancy stage. At this stage,
growth is very high. At this stage, the rate of growth of a male
balanced diet is important for the child is higher compared to
infant's balanced growth. that of a female child. Balanced
diet is crucial at this stage for a
balanced growth.
Adolescence
At the early stage of teenage (13-15 years old), both genders

undergo rapid growth. The male teenager will undergo slower
growth compared to the female teenager. At this stage, the female
teenager is usually taller and bigger compared to the male teenager.
At the same time, secondary sexual characteristics for teenagers
begin to develop.
At the age of 16-18 years, the rate of growth will begin to decrease
for the female teenager and will stop eventually. This is different
with the male teenager where his growth will continue until the age
of 18-20 years. Due to this, the male teenager usually looks bigger
compared to the female teenager.
Adulthood Old age
At this stage, the adult male is At this stage, the human

taller and bigger than the adult growth will come closer
female. This condition occurs to a complete stop.
because male growth has a longer Human body begins to
duration compared to female shrink and muscle parts
growth. At this stage, human become smaller as well as
growth will become constant the skin begins to dry.
and nearly zero. This means that
human growth stops except for
certain parts such as the nails, skin
and hair.
131
6.2.3
Chap 06.indd 131 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

Let us look at the human growth curve.
What is the shape of the curve?
CHEONG
Height (cm)
Infancy Childhood Adolescence Adulthood Old age
Slow growth
Negative
growth
ience Gallery
Science
Sc
Rapid Rapid (size of body
Premature aging or the growth growth reduces)
“Progeria” disease is
Minimal
a type of disease that
seldom occurs. This growth
disease occurs at the
child stage and causes a
child to look like an adult. Age
0 3 13 20 65 (year)
Figure 6.16 Human growth curve
(Source: Junior Biology, Learning Space Australia)
The rate of human growth is rapid at the This growth pattern forms an "S-shape"
infancy stage. After that, the rate becomes (sigmoid curve) as in Figure 6.16. The growth
slower at the childhood stage. curve enables us to determine the rate of
The rate of growth becomes rapid again at human growth at different stages throughout
the adolescence stage, and becomes slower the growth of life. For humans, the growth
once again when it reaches adulthood. will stop when it reaches maturity.
ience Gallery
Science
Sc Growth Pattern Between Males and Females
Puberty is a stage that The growth rate of males is different from the growth rate of females.
occurs at the early
adolescent stage.
From the infancy stage until early childhood stage, males and females
Secondary sexual grow at the same rate. Then, males grow a little more rapidly than
characteristics begin to females beginning at the age of 4. In females, puberty
develop and become begins earlier, between the ages of 12 to 14. At this
distinct, and sexual
organs mature. stage, females grow more rapidly than males; they
are taller and heavier than males of the same age.
Nevertheless, after the age of 14, males undergo
rapid growth compared to females.
132 6.2.3
6.2.4
Chap 06.indd 132 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

190
Males Science Gallery
Science
170 During the examination
Females
of babies and children
150 at the health clinics or
hospitals, characteristics
Height (cm)
such as the body mass,

130 height and the diameter of
the head are the normal
110 measurements taken
by the nurse or doctor
90 to monitor their growth
development.
70
50 Age
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 (year)
Figure 6.17 Growth curve for males and females
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 6.2
1. State two parameters that can be used to measure the human growth rate.
2. Explain the shape of the growth curve for males and females.
3. Describe briefly the effect of diet on growth rate.
4. How can the growth rate be measured?
Support, Growth and

6.3 Stability in Plants
Why you think plants require support? A support system will
Stem
help plants to stand vertically to obtain sunlight. The support
system ensures the leaves are exposed to sunlight to carry out
photosynthesis. Support is also needed to accommodate the plant
weight and provide strength to withstand wind.
The main support for plants is the stem and root. The plant Root
stem supports its own stem weight and also the weight of leaves,
flowers and fruits. The root provides support to the plant by
gripping the soil. There are also some plants that have roots on the
soil to provide support.
Photograph 6.9
The main support
system in plants
6.2.4 133
6.3.1
Chap 06.indd 133 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

Support System of Terrestrial and Aquatic Plants
Terrestrial Plants
Terrestrial plants can be divided into:
(a) woody plants
(b) herbaceous plants (non-woody)
Woody plants are usually big and tall such as the rambutan tree and angsana tree. The
support system for woody plants is the hard, strong and tough woody tissue. This tissue is built
from lignin, a tough and hard complex substance.
Non-woody plants depend on stored water in the cells of the stem for support. These plants
obtain their support from the turgidity of the cells. Non-woody plants are soft and they will wilt
when they lack water.
Some plants form a special structure to provide additional support, and some climb onto
other supports to obtain sunlight. Additional supports in woody plants are the buttress roots, prop
roots and stilt roots. For the non-woody plants, the additional supports are tendrils, clasping roots
and hollow stems.
Buttress roots are found in Prop roots are roots that grow from Stilt roots support mangrove
big and tall trees such as the stems or branches into the soil plants living in swamps.
durian tree and angsana tree. to support the plant. This type of
roots is present in the banyan tree,
pandan tree and fig tree.
Tendrils is a fine and coiled Clasping roots hold onto another

structure that wraps around other plant or structure for support.
plants or objects for support. Clasping roots are found in orchid
Tendrils are present in cucumber, plants and money plants.
bitter gourd and pumpkin plants.
Photograph 6.10 Characteristics that provide support to plants

134
6.3.1
Chap 06.indd 134 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

Aquatic Plants
Aquatic plants do not have woody tissue for support, unlike the land plants. Aquatic plants obtain
their main support from the water buoyancy force. Besides that, the aquatic plants also have stems
and leaves that have aerenchyma tissue. The aerenchyma tissue which consists of thin-walled cells,
form air spaces in the aquatic plants. The buoyancy of these plants is aided by the air spaces. For
some aquatic plants, the plants swell and have hollow and big stems to increase the buoyancy force
such as the water hyacinth and lotus.
INFORMATION
Aerenchyma Tissue
my/Science/F4/
(a) Water hyacinth (b) Lotus Pg135.jpg
Photograph 6.11 Examples of aquatic plants
Determining the Age of Woody Plants

There are a few methods to determine the age of the woody plants.
The most common method is to determine the growth rings that are
present in the plant stem. Photograph 6.12 and Figure 6.18 show the
methods to count the growth rings that are found in the trunk of
woody plants.
First method
1. The selected tree is cut down.
2. The tree trunk is cut across as
1
2 in Photograph 6.12.
3 3. The growth rings seen in the
4
5 trunk are counted.
6 4. One ring represents one year
7
of the tree's age.
Photograph 6.12 A method to count the growth rings

seen in the cut of a woody plant trunk
6.3.1 135
6.3.2
Chap 06.indd 135 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

Second method
1. The tree is not cut but is
bored using a special drill.
2. The tree is drilled to 75%
of the drill depth or half
the diameter of the tree.
3. The drill bit is removed
and the growth rings
are counted.
4. This method will save the
tree from being cut.
VIDEO
ience Gallery
Science
Sc Determining the
Age of a Tree
Tall woody trees such 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 http://bukutekskssm.
as timber trees (chengal my/Science/F4/
tree) have buttress roots Pg136.mp4
that grow extensively
on the surface of the
ground and the tap root
Figure 6.18 A method to count the growth rings found in the
that penetrates deep into
the earth. The diameter woody plant trunk that has been bored
of the trunk is usually
big to ensure it is stable Relating the Support System and Stability
and strong.
in Plants
A plant is said to be stable in its position if it does not fall easily. The
plant stability is influenced by the centre of gravity and the base area.
The lower the centre of gravity, the more stable the plant. Can you
predict which is more stable in terms of the position of the centre of
gravity, the bougainvillea or the durian tree?
... ...
Aim: To study the relationship between the support system and the 21st Century Skills
stability of plants.
Materials: Balsam plant (herbaceous plant), lotus plant (aquatic plant), hibiscus plant
(woody plant), A4 paper, pencil
Instructions:
2. Study and gather information about the support system of the plants provided.
3. Relate how the support system of the plants help in their stability.
4. Create a portfolio based on the information gathered.
5. Present your findings in front of your friends.
136 6.3.2
6.3.3
Chap 06.indd 136 22/10/2019 8:52 AM

Plant Growth Pattern
Experiment 6.2
Aim: To study the growth pattern of a green bean plant.
Problem statement: What is the growth pattern of a green bean plant?
Hypothesis: The growth pattern of a green bean plant is sigmoid-shaped.
Variables:
(a) manipulated: Time
(b) responding: Height of sprout
(c) constant: Type of seed
Materials: Green bean seeds, cotton wool, water
Apparatus: Petri dish, pincers, ruler
Procedure:
1. Immerse three green bean seeds in a Petri dish filled with water until they swell.
2. Keep the apparatus in a dark place for a night.
3. Transfer the green bean seeds into another Petri dish filled with wet cotton wool.
4. Measure the length of each green bean seed using a ruler.
5. Repeat step 4 every day for seven days and record the height of the green bean sprouts in the table.
6. Calculate the average height of the green bean sprouts and record in the table.
7. Plot a graph of height of the green bean sprouts (mm) against time (day).
Result:
Time Height (mm)

(day) Sprout 1 Sprout 2 Sprout 3 Average
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Conclusion:
Questions:
1. Give a review about the shape of the graph that has been plotted.
2. Relate the growth of the sprout with the shape of the graph.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 6.3
1. Why do plants require support?
2. What is the difference between the support of the terrestrial and the aquatic plants? Explain.
3. How does the herbaceous plant obtain its support?
137
6.3.4
Chap 06.indd 137 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

Chap 06.indd 138
138
SUPPORT, MOVEMENT AND GROWTH
Animal Human Plant
Hydrostatic Human Support

Exoskeleton Support
skeleton Function growth system in
system in
pattern terrestrial
aquatic plants
Endoskeleton plants
Joint Muscle Male Female

Growth Movement
Relationship
Problem between
Growth
support
pattern
Terrestrial system and
Bird stability
vertebrate Injury Knee pain
Aquatic
vertebrate
22/10/2019 8:53 AM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
6.1 Support, Movement and Growth in Animals
Explain with examples the types of support in animals.
Relate the size of exoskeleton with growth.
Relate hydrostatic skeleton with movement.
Elaborate the function of endoskeleton in animals.
Dissect the human skeletal system.
Carry out an experiment to differentiate the strength of compact bones with hollow bones.
Relate support system with animal’s stability.
6.2 Human Movement and Growth
Explain the functions of joints and muscles in movement.
Generate ideas regarding problems with joints and muscles in daily life.
Explain the pattern of human growth.
Compare and contrast the growth pattern between males and females.
6.3 Support, Growth and Stability in Plants
Explain the support systems of terrestrial and aquatic plants.
Determine the age of woody plants.
Relate the support system with stability in plants.
Carry out the experiment to determine a plant’s growth pattern.
Summative
Sum Practice
QUIZ
1. Figure 1 shows the human skeletal system. my/Science/F4/Q6
Figure 1
(a) (i) Name the structure labelled R.
139
Chap 06.indd 139 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

(ii) State the function of the structure stated in question 1(a)(i).
(iii) List the characteristics of the structure stated in question 1(a)(i).
(b) What will happen if the structure in question 1(a)(i) experiences an injury?
(c) State the difference between tendon and ligament.
2. Photograph 1 shows a moving earthworm.
Photograph 1
(a) What type of skeleton does the earthworm have?
(b) The earthworm moves with the aid of two types of muscles. Name the types of muscles.
(c) Explain how the muscles in the body of the earthworm cause movement.
3. Photograph 2.1 shows a giraffe drinking water.
Photograph 2.1
(a) (i) Based on Photograph 2.1, state the way the giraffe stands while it is drinking water.
(ii) How can this stabilise the giraffe?
(b) Photograph 2.2 shows two types of animals, X and Y.
X Y
Photograph 2.2
140
Chap 06.indd 140 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

(i) If both animals have the same mass, which animal is more stable.
(ii) Explain your answer in question 3(b)(i).
(iii) Suggest a posture when animal Y is more stable.
4.
Woody plants have roots such as the buttress roots, prop roots and stilt roots to add support.
Based on the statement above, describe the way woody plants can stabilise their position without
falling due to strong wind.
Mind hallenge
Challenge
C
5. Photograph 3 shows a whale stranded on the beach.
Photograph 3
(a) Based on your knowledge about the support system of whales, can the whale return to
the sea on its own?
(b) Explain your answer.
141
Chap 06.indd 141 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

Chapter
7 Body Coordination
Keywords
Endocrine system
Endocrine glands
Hormones
Hormone imbalance
Effects of drug abuse
Effects of alcohol abuse
Healthy mind
142
Chap 07.indd 142 22/10/2019 8:31 AM

Body Coordination Chapter 7
What are the endocrine glands in the human body?

What is the importance of hormones?
What are the effects of drug and alcohol abuse on
body coordination?
What is the importance of a healthy mind?
Hormone Treatm
ent
Menopause is a
condition when
ova (egg) and th the ovaries stop
e woman stops producing
usually happen m enstruating. This
s to women aged condition
During menop 45 to 55 years.
ause, the hormon
decreases thus e oestrogen in th
producing sympt e body
sleeping, muscl om s such as difficu
e and joint pain lty in
Hormone re and restlessness
placement therap .
to be able to ov y (HRT) treatmen
ercome menopau t is believed
done in the form sal symptoms. H
of Oestrogen-Pro RT can be
woman concerne gestin therapy (E
d still has a uter PT) if the
for those who ha us, or Oestrogen
ve undergone ut therapy (OT)
aimed at restorin erus removal su
g the hormone le rg ery. HRT is
bodies to functio vels of women to
n normally agai allow their
hormones durin n by replacing th
g menopause. e decreasing
Source: myMetro
Andawill
You akanlearn
belajar
about:
tentang:
human endocrine system
disruptions to body coordination
healthy mind
143
Chap 07.indd 143 22/10/2019 8:31 AM

7.1 Human Endocrine System
Endocrine System and Its Functions

The human body has a system known as the endocrine system. The endocrine system is one of the
systems in the body that coordinates body functions that involve chemical substances.
How would you feel if you came across a snake while playing at the field? Would you run
away? Why does this happen? The answer is simple. This is to save yourself from harm. Let us see
the situation below.
When a snake is seen ...
The endocrine gland

secretes hormones that
cause an increase in:
(a) heartbeat
(b) rate of breathing
(c) blood pressure
(d) blood glucose level
(e) rate of metabolism
Effects:
• The heart pumps more
blood to provide more
oxygen and glucose
Run away to the muscles
• The muscles obtain more
energy
• More stored glycogen is
converted into glucose
the endocrine system

ure 7.1 Ex ample of a situation that involves
Fig
ole body that uses
sy ste m fu nc tio ns as a messenger to the wh glands known
The endocrine ica l subs tance secreted by special
a typ e of ch em one is not
hormones. Hormone is gla nd s are du ctl ess glands because the horm
s. These culatory system to be
as the endocrine gland dir ectly into the blood cir
carried through a du ct bu t se cre ted one target organ
bo dy . A typ e of ho rm one can have more than
distributed to the whole
the hormone).
(organ that responds to
144
7.1.1
Chap 07.indd 144 22/10/2019 8:31 AM

Figure 7.2 shows the way the hormone coordination acts.
is functions Coordinates the

A ductless Endocrine activity of the body by
gland gland responding to the
stimulus from the
environment
secretes
Has
prolonged
Stimulates the
effect
functions of
specific tissues
or organs
A type of
Hormones
protein
Secreted
in small
carried quantities
A slow
response through blood
circulation
Blood stream
Target organ Blood vessels

Has a suitable receptor
that is able to recognise Target organ cells
and respond to the
specific hormone
Endocrine
gland cells
Hormones
Figure 7.2 Method of action of hormone coordination
145
7.1.1
Chap 07.indd 145 22/10/2019 8:31 AM

Figure 7.3 shows the main endocrine glands and their position in the body.
Pituitary gland
Pituitary gland
is located below the Interactive Game
cerebrum. This gland is
also known as the master
gland because it produces
hormones that control
other endocrine glands.
Pituitary
gland
Ovary
Women have a pair

of ovaries in the
pelvic space.
Ovaries
Figure 7.3 Endocrine glands in humans
146
7.1.1
Chap 07.indd 146 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

Thyroid gland
The thyroid
gland is located
in front of the Thyroid
trachea. gland
Adrenal glands
Adrenal glands
Adrenal glands
are located
above the Kidney
kidneys.
Pancreas
The pancreas
is located at
the back of the
Pancreas
stomach.
Testis
Men have a pair of

testes protected by
a scrotum.
Testis
147
7.1.1
Chap 07.indd 147 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

Table 7.1 shows the function of hormones released by the endocrine glands.
Table 7.1 Functions of hormones released by the endocrine glands
Endocrine
Hormone Function
gland
Pituitary Antidiuretic • Controls the quantity of water reabsorbed by the

gland hormone kidneys
(ADH)
Growth • Stimulates growth in children

hormone (GH) • Maintains healthy body composition in adults
• Maintains the muscle and bone mass of adults
Thyroid Thyroxine • Controls the rate of metabolism

gland • Controls the physical and mental development
in children
Adrenal Adrenaline • Prepares your body to act in an emergency situation

gland by:
− increasing the rate of metabolism
− increasing the rate of heartbeat
− increasing the glucose level in the blood
− dilating the size of the pupil
Pancreas Insulin • Controls the glucose level in the blood by converting

excess glucose into glycogen to be stored in the liver
Ovary Oestrogen • Controls the female secondary sexual characteristics

such as development of breasts and broadening of the
hip
• Stimulates the production of ova
• Prepares the uterus for implantation of embryo
Progesterone • Maintains the thickness of the wall of the uterus for

the implantation of embryo
Testis Testosterone • Controls the development of male secondary

sexual characteristics such as a deep voice and
the growth of moustache
• Stimulates sperm production
148
7.1.1
Chap 07.indd 148 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

Aim: To prepare a multimedia presentation that shows the main endocrine 21st Century Skills
glands (pituitary gland, thyroid gland, adrenal gland, pancreas, ovary and testis) and their functions.
Instructions:
2. Gather information from the Internet, reference books, magazines and articles on:
(a) position of the endocrine glands
(b) type of hormones secreted
(c) function of each hormone
3. Present the outcome of your group discussion in class in the form of a multimedia presentation.
Causes and Effects of Hormonal Imbalance

Hormone is an organic chemical substance that has an important role in every function of the
body. Hence, the rate of hormone secretion must be balanced with its functions. Over secretion
and under secretion of hormone by the endocrine glands will cause hormonal imbalance that leads
to diseases. These could be due to an unhealthy lifestyle or exposure to dangerous rays.
... ...
Activity 7.2 Hot Seat
21st Century Skills

Aim: To carry out a study on endocrine gland disorder.
Instructions:
2. Gather information from the Internet, reference books, magazines and articles on the causes and
effects of the following:
(a) Diabetes insipidus
(b) Diabetes mellitus
(c) Acromegaly
(d) Low rate of metabolism
3. Appoint a student to role play as a ‘doctor ‘.
4. The ‘doctor’ will answer all the questions asked by other students.
7.1.1 149
7.1.2
Chap 07.indd 149 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

cause:
y ro xi n e d e ficiency will
Th
f metabolism
• low rate o
tolerate cold opment in
• inability to al an d mental devel
h ys ic
• stunted p
nism).
children (creti ema)
ss en er g y in adults (myxed
• le t
to become fa
• tendency
• goitre will cause:
iv e th y ro xi ne hormone
Excess
f metabolism
• high rate o ing hot
d always feel etite
• sweating an lties and a very good app
iffi cu
• sleeping d
cy to become thin ing eyeballs an
d
• ten d en
d en la rg em ent , protrud
n
• thyroid gla
sw o lle n n ec k
Photograph 7.1 Goitre
Hormonal Imbalance
Testosterone hormone deficiency

will cause:
• delay in reaching puberty
• low sperm count
Excessive testosterone hormone Oestrogen deficiency
will cause: will cause:
• male characteristics in women • development of female
secondary sexual characteristics
to be disrupted.
Excessive oestrogen
will cause:
• female characteristics in men
How Can I Balance My
Hormones
http://bukutekskssm.my/ Progesterone deficiency
Science/F4/Pg150
INFORMATION will cause:
• menstrual problems
• headache
• constipation
• miscarriage
150
7.1.2
Chap 07.indd 150 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

ien cy will
Growth hormone defic
cause:
• dwarfism
rmone will cause:
Excessive growth ho
h
• uncontrolled growt
aly (gi ga nti sm)
• acromeg
Photograph 7.2
Acromegaly man (right)
and normal man (left)
Antidiuretic hormone (ADH)

deficiency will cause:
• poor reabsorption of water at
the collecting duct in the kidney
• excessive production of urine
• excessive thirst
• diabetes insipidus
Excessive antidiuretic hormone
(ADH) will cause:
• headache
• dizziness
cause:
h o rm o n e d eficiency will
Insulin cose to be
f excessive glu
• failure o
d to glycogen
converte se level
in blood gluco
• increase
mellitus
• diabetes use:
insulin will ca
Excessive
cose levels
• low glu
caemia
• hypogly
ss iv e thirst
• exce
151
7.1.2
Chap 07.indd 151 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 7.1
1. State the meaning of hormone.
2. State the main endocrine glands in the human body.
3. Name the hormones secreted by the following glands:
(a) Adrenal gland (b) Pancreas (c) Testis (d) Thyroid gland
4. What is the function of the hormones produced by the following glands?
(a) Thyroid gland (b) Ovary (c) Pancreas
7.2 Disruptions to Body Coordination

Body coordination can be disrupted due to various factors. One of the main factors is the
uncontrolled consumption of drugs. Drugs are chemical substances that can disrupt the neuron
function by delaying the impulse transmission in the neuron. The drugs that are taken without
control disrupts body coordination, and causes addiction.
Photograph 7.3 Types of drugs used as medicine
152
7.2.1
Chap 07.indd 152 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

Types of Drugs
Drugs may cause good or bad effects on the body depending on its use. Drugs can be used to treat
a disease. Morphine and steroid need to be taken under a doctor’s supervision. Figure 7.4 shows
the types of drugs and their effects.
Depressant Stimulant
• Prevents or slows down • Speeds up impulse transmission
impulse transmission in body in body coordination. User will
coordination. User will be feel very confident and alert to
sleepy and less anxious. The the surroundings
effect also depends on the • Effect also depends on the
dosage taken dosage taken
• Examples are barbiturates and • Examples are amphetamine and
alcohol methamphetamine
Types of
INFORMATION
drugs
National Anti-Drugs Agency
Science/F4/Pg153
Inhalant Hallucinogen
• Chemical substances that can be • Changes the path of impulses
inhaled through breathing in the brain
• Causes hallucination • Causes hallucination,
• Damages the brain, lungs and affects perception
kidneys • Affects muscle coordination
• Examples are solvent and gas • Causes hearing of voices
substance and seeing objects that are
non-existent
(Source: http://www.adk.gov.my/en/
• Examples are ketamine and LSD
public/posters-banners)
(Access on 19 August 2019)
(lysergic acid diethylamide)
Figure 7.4 Types of drugs and their effects
153
7.2.1
Chap 07.indd 153 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

Drug abuse causes addiction and addicts will experience withdrawal symptoms if they cease
to take drugs. The symptoms include shivering, nausea, anxiety and depression. Figure 7.5 shows
the effects of drug abuse on body coordination.
Drugs
effect
Heartbeat, rate of stimulates Nervous slows down Heartbeat, rate of

breathing, blood System breathing, blood
pressure pressure
causes
More energetic, Disruptions to perception, Slow response to stimulus,

active, indecisive hallucination and illusion sleepiness and weak
and aggresive muscle coordination
Figure 7.5 Effects of drug abuse
The factors that cause drug abuse are curiosity, peer influence, seeking pleasure and the
desire to overcome sadness or to forget a problem.
... ...
Aim: To prepare a review on drug abuse. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. Listen and record important information on drug abuse such as:
(a) drug categories
(b) types of drugs and examples of each type of drug
(c) effects of drug abuse
(d) characteristics of drug addicts
3. Gather information obtained and prepare a review.
4. Display your group’s review to the class.
5. Write comments about the work of other groups.
154
7.2.2
Chap 07.indd 154 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

Effects of Drug and Alcohol Abuse on Body Coordination
Most drugs influence the body coordination by causing

an effect on the nervous system. Alcohol also affects
the nerves by slowing the flow of nerve impulses.
Hence, affecting the brain function. Let us look further
EN. HARIZ EN.HARIS
HARIZ
at the effects of drug and alcohol abuse on our body
coordination.
Hormonal imbalance
• The body will experience coordination disruption. The body will be exposed to danger and
injury. The body will either experience extreme growth or no development if damage to the
pituitary gland happens. Secondary sexual development will be stunted if oestrogen and
testosterone hormones fail to function normally.
• Symptoms of hormonal imbalance can be observed through physical and mental changes of
the person such as excessive height and size, weight loss, depression and poor memory.
Unclear speech
• Consuming alcohol will cause negative effects on parts of cerebrum in the brain.
• Excessive alcohol consumption causes unclear speech.
Slow reflex action
• Psychoactive chemical substances in drugs and ethanol in the alcohol will slow down
the response of the nervous system. These chemical substances will be present between
the afferent neurons and interneurons. The impulse transmission will be blocked and the
process of impulse transmission to the brain will slow down.
• This can be observed in drug addicts and in those who consume alcoholic drinks excessively.
Loss of balance
• Consuming drugs and alcoholic drinks will cause weak muscle coordination resulting in
staggering and loss of balance.
155
7.2.2
Chap 07.indd 155 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Effects of Drug and Alcohol Abuse on Physical and
Mental Health
Besides influencing the nervous system, drug abuse also causes many
physical and mental health problems such as liver damage, weak
immune system, brain damage and serious mental problems. Excessive
consumption of alcoholic drinks can also damage most organs of the
human body. Let us look at the effects of drug and alcohol abuse on
CHEONG
human health.
Liver cirrhosis
• Continuous consumption of large amounts of alcoholic drinks, and drug abuse can cause
toxic effects on the liver resulting in liver cirrhosis.
• Liver cirrhosis is the condition of the liver that undergoes chronic damage, scarring,
hardening and failure to function normally. This scar will spread slowly until the liver
functions are lost completely.
(a) Healthy liver

(b) Liver cirrhosis
Photograph 7.4 Difference between a healthy liver and liver cirrhosis
156
7.2.2
Chap 07.indd 156 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Stomach ulcer
• Alcohol can cause stomach ulcer.

• Stomach ulcer or peptic ulcer is a
condition in which the lining of the
stomach is injured.
• This is because alcohol causes the
stomach to produce more acid than
normal which will cause irritation and
inflammation of the stomach lining.
• The patient will complain of heartburn
or pain at the upper liver region,
bloatedness, nausea and vomiting.
• A patient with stomach ulcer can also
experience more serious symptoms such
as vomiting blood and passing out
Photograph 7.5 Ulcer in the stomach
black stools.
Violent behaviour
• Consuming drugs such as amphetamine will activate brain cells and increase the rate of
metabolism. The user will become more active, be unable to sleep, violent and aggressive.
• A person who consumes alcohol excessively can become drunk and lose his senses, laugh
alone, act out of control and become violent.
Hallucination
• Drugs such as marijuana disrupts the brain function. This drug will change a person’s
perception.
• This causes the person to experience hallucination, paranoia or suspicious feeling and fear of
others. Hallucination may also cause aggressive behaviour towards other people.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 7.2
1. What is the effect of drug abuse on body coordination?
2. How do the chemical substances in the drugs and alcoholic drinks affect the neurons?
3. How do drugs and alcohol influence hormone secretion?
157
7.2.2
Chap 07.indd 157 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

7.3 Healthy Mind
In the world of advancement in science and technology, we are often shocked by society’s
neglect in keeping a healthy mind. The mind is the brain function that relates to our
consciousness, personality, thinking, memory, judgement, intellect and emotion. A healthy
mind has the ability to reason and think as well as to make logical judgements before an action
is taken. A healthy mind also refers to positive behaviour, independence, ability to care for
others and being responsible.
Characteristics of individuals who have healthy minds:
Able to detect
Can recall past
Can think and stimulus Dare to accept
events that are sad
make judgements and respond challenges
or happy
accordingly
Live in peace
Able to differentiate
and have a Free from
between right and Responsible
positive view prejudice
wrong
on life
Open-minded and
Able to reason
not emotional
158
7.3.1
Chap 07.indd 158 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

There are several factors that can influence the mind and mental health. Figure 7.6
shows factors that influence the mental health.
Excessive
consumption
of alcoholic drinks
Injury to the part of Hormonal imbalance

the brain as a result during menstruation,
of microorganism/ premenstrual
pathogen infection, syndrome and
accident or tumour post-menopause
Factors that
influence the
mental health
Drug abuse Mental stress
Aging
Figure 7.6 Factors that influence mental health

(a) Normally, hormonal imbalance happens before or during the menstrual cycle
and also during menopause. Usually, a person will experience headache,
depression and is easily irritated.
(b) Excessive consumption of alcoholic drinks will disrupt a person’s ability to
think, detect stimulus, reason and control emotions. A person who is drunk can
become aggressive and endanger himself or other people.
(c) Drug abuse has negative effects such as the failure to fulfil responsibilities
towards the family, work or studies and others. Drug abuse can also cause
serious mental problems.
(d) Mental stress can affect a healthy mind. Hence, we need to be able to manage
stress so that it does not affect the mind.
(e) Brain injury can cause a person to lose his memory or intellectual ability. Brain
injury can also cause a person to be easily influenced by emotions.
159
7.3.1
Chap 07.indd 159 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Each individual must have a healthy mind. This is because each individual has a responsibility
towards his family, place of work, society and country.
Family Place of work

• Can build a happy family • Forge a good relationship
• Make wise decisions between employees and
• Become a role model in employers
the family • Forge a good relationship
among colleagues
• Produce quality work
• Be disciplined
Country Society
• Think positive • Learn to handle
• Practise religious and constructive criticisms
moral values • Can play a role as a friend
• Practise a healthy lifestyle to exchange ideas
• Generate the economy • Help people in need
of the country
Photograph 7.6 Importance of having a healthy mind
160
7.3.1
Chap 07.indd 160 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Activity 7.4 Melukis

Result Poster
Showcase
PAK-21
21st Century Skills
Aim: To gather information on a healthy mind and its importance.
Instructions:
2. Gather information from magazines, books, newspapers or the Internet on the following:
(a) factors that influence a healthy mind
(b) how these factors influence the mind
(c) the importance of having a healthy mind
3. Present the outcome of your group discussion in the class in the form of a multimedia presentation.
... ...
Activity 7.5 Draw a Poster
Aim: To evaluate the importance of having a healthy mind in the family, 21st Century Skills
workplace, society and country.
Instructions:
2. Prepare a poster to explain the importance of a healthy mind to other students in the school.
3. Display the poster in the exhibition corner of the class.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 7.3
1. What is meant by the mind?
2. List five characteristics of a healthy mind.
3. Explain how hormonal imbalance can affect the mind.
4. State three factors that influence mental health.
161
7.3.1
Chap 07.indd 161 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Chap 07.indd 162
162
BODY
COORDINATION
Disruptions
Human
to Body Healthy Mind
Endocrine System
Coordination
Causes and effects

Endocrine Factors that influence
of hormonal
glands the mind
imbalance
on health
secrete
• Diabetes insipidus
Hormones • Diabetes mellitus Effects of drugs and alcohol
• Acromegaly Drug abuse abuse on body coordination
• Low rate of and mental health
metabolism
Functions Excessive consumption

of alcoholic drinks
22/10/2019 8:33 AM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
7.1 Human Endocrine System
Explain the endocrine system and its functions.
Explain with examples the causes and effects of hormonal imbalance on health.
7.2 Disruptions to Body Coordination
Explain with examples the types of drugs.
To understand and draw conclusions on the effects of drugs and alcohol abuse on body
coordination and mental health.
7.3 Healthy Mind
Justify the importance of having a healthy mind in a community.
Summative
Sum Practice
QUIZ Science/F4/Q7
1. Figure 1 shows the human endocrine system.
Figure 1
(a) State the gland that is the master gland in the human endocrine system.
(b) (i) Name the hormone secreted by gland Q.
(ii) State the effect on humans if the hormone in question 1(b)(i) is not adequately secreted
into the body.
163
Chap 07.indd 163 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

(c) (i) Name gland R.
(ii) State the hormone secreted by gland R.
(iii) How can the failure of gland R cause a person to have diabetes mellitus?
(d) Name the hormone secreted by gland S.
2. Figure 2 shows a part of the endocrine system of a woman.
Figure 2
(a) (i) Name the hormones produced by gland Y.
(ii) State one function for each hormone that is stated in question 2(a)(i).
(b) Although gland Y exists since birth, the gland is inactive. When will gland Y become active?
(c) (i) Name the endocrine gland for man that is also inactive during birth.
(ii) Explain the function of the hormone that is secreted by the gland that you have stated
in question 2(c)(i).
Mind hallenge
Challenge
C
3. Drinking coffee excessively is not good for health. Explain the reason.
4.
A woman who is pregnant is found to be an alcoholic.
What will happen to the foetus in the uterus?
5.
Your friend told you that she feels stressed because of family problems.
As a friend, what can you do to help her?
164
Chap 07.indd 164 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

3
THEME
Exploration of
Elements in Nature
• There are 118 elements that
have been discovered. Do you
know the position of carbon in
the Modern Periodic Table
of Elements?
• The windows of skyscrapers in
Malaysia are usually made of
glass. What are the other uses
of glass?
• If you were sick, the doctor
would treat and give you the
appropriate medicine. What
would happen if we took
medicine without the advice
of doctors?
165
Theme.indd 165 07/10/2019 11:32 AM

Chapter
8 Elements and Substances
Keywords
Atomic substances
Molecular substances
Ionic substances
Modern Periodic
Table of Elements
Positive ions
Negative ions
Isotopes
166
Chap 08.indd 166 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

Elements and Substances Chapter 8
What type of particles are found in gold?

How are the elements arranged in the
Modern Periodic Table of Elements?
How are the positive and negative ions
formed from atoms?
What is an isotope?
Elements in the
Universe and Ea
rth
Hydrogen and he
lium are the mos
Universe. The st t abundant elem
ars including th ents in the
helium. On Eart e Su n consist of hydr
h, there are elem ogen and
gold. Oxygen allo ents such as oxyg
ws all living thin en , silicon and
gs to exist on Ea
rth.
You
Andawill
akanlearn about:
belajar tentang:
matter
Modern Periodic Table of Elements
isotope
167
Chap 08.indd 167 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

8.1 Matter
Atomic Substances, Molecular Substances and Ionic Substances

You learned that matter consists of tiny and discrete particles in Form 1. Matter is formed by three
types of particles namely atoms, molecules or ions.
Atom Molecule Ion

The atom is the smallest A molecule consists of An ion is a charged
particle of an element. It two or more atoms which particle, either
is the most basic unit in are chemically combined. positively-charged
an element. Molecules can be the or negatively-charged.
combination of the same An ion is formed when
or different types of atoms. an atom loses or
gains electrons.
All the substances around us are matter. The substances can be classified into three groups
based on the type of particles they contain.
Atomic Substances
These substances contain only atoms. All metals and inert gases are made up of atoms. Atoms in
metals are arranged in a neat and orderly manner, while atoms in inert gases are spread far apart
with no regular arrangement.
ba ck
back Gold atoms
An atom consists of Balloons filled
subatomic particles, with helium
which are protons,
neutrons and electrons.
–
–
++
– ++ – Gold metal
+ +
–
–
– - Electron
+ - Proton
- Neutron Helium atoms
Figure 8.1 Atomic substances

168 8.1.1
Chap 08.indd 168 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

Molecular Substances
These substances contain molecules made up of two or more atoms that combined chemically.
The atoms can either be the same or different. Most of the non-metal substances exists in the
form of molecules. The reaction between the non-metallic elements forms a compound which
exists in the form of molecules.
Oxygen tank
Oxygen molecules
Sea water
Water molecules
Ionic Substances Figure 8.2 Molecular substances
+ – +
+ – + – + The ionic substances are formed by the
– + – + – reaction between the metal elements
+ – + – + and non-metal elements. These
+ – + substances contain positive ions and
Sodium ions and
negative ions. An example of ionic
Common salt chloride ions substance is sodium chloride.
Figure 8.3 Ionic substances
Aim: To create a multimedia presentation on materials that are made of 21st Century Skills
atoms, molecules and ions in daily life.
Instructions:
1. Gather information from various sources on the materials around you that are made up of atoms,
molecules and ions.
2. Present the information gathered in the form of multimedia presentation.
8.1.1
169
Chap 08.indd 169 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

Existence of Elements in Various Forms
Do you still remember the elements in the Modern Periodic Table of Elements that you studied in
Form 1? Elements can exist in the form of atoms, molecules or ions. Can the same elements exist
in different forms? Take a look at the photograph below.
Element: Iron
– + –
– + – + –
+ – + – +
– + – + –
– + –
Iron exists in the form
of ions in rust.
Iron exists in the form
of atoms in the head
of a hammer.
Photograph 8.1 Rusty hammer and non-rusty hammer
Element: Hydrogen
+ –
– +
+ –
Hydrogen exists in Hydrogen exists

the form of ions in in the form of
the lime juice. molecules
in the air.
Photograph 8.2 Lime juice and air
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 8.1
1. Give three types of particles that make up a substance.
2. State an example of a substance that is made up of iron in the form of ions.
3. Classify the following substances according to the type of particles that they are made up of
either atoms, molecules or ions.
Iron sheets, ice cubes, common salt, sugar cubes, marbles, copper wire, limewater,
oxygen gas, helium gas

4. Give two examples of elements that exist in the form of molecules and atoms.
170 8.1.2
Chap 08.indd 170 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

8.2 Modern Periodic Table of Elements

In Form 1, you learned about 118 types of elements listed in the Modern Periodic Table of
Elements. Now, let us study the Modern Periodic Table of Elements shown in Figure 8.4 carefully
and identify several important features about it.
Each of the vertical columns in the Modern Periodic Table of Elements is
called a group. There are 18 groups in the Modern Periodic Table of Elements.
GROUP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Key:
Alkaline earth metals Halogens Inert
Alkali Metal C Solid gases
1 Proton number
metals
1
H Symbol of element Semi-metal Br Liquid
2
Hydrogen Name of element
1 H 1 Non-metal H Gas He
Hydrogen
1 Relative atomic mass Helium
4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2 Li
Lithium
Be
Beryllium
B
Boron
C
Carbon
N
Nitrogen
O
Oxygen
F
Fluorine
NeNeon
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Transition metals Al Si P S Cl Ar
3 Sodium
23
Magnesium
24
Aluminium
27
Silicon
28
Phosphorus
31
Sulphur
32
Chlorine
35.5
Argon
40
PERIOD
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
4 Potassium
39
Calcium
40
Scandium
45
Titanium
48
Vanadium
51
Chromium
52
Manganese
55
Iron
56
Cobalt
59
Nickel
59
Copper
64
Zinc
65
Galium
70
Germanium
73
Arsenic
75
Selenium
79
Bromine
80
Krypton
84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
5 Rubidium
85.5
Strontium
88
Yttrium
89
Zirconium
91
Niobium
93
Molybdenum
96
Technetium Ruthenium
101
Rhodium
103
Paladium
106
Silver
108
Cadmium
112
Indium
115
Tin
119
Antimony
122
Tellurium
128
Iodine
127
Xenon
131
55 56 57 – 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
6 Caesium
133
Barium
137
Lanthanoids Hafnium
178.5
Tantalum
181
Tungsten
184
Rhenium
186
Osmium
190
Iridium
192
Platinum
195
Gold
197
Mercury
201
Talium
204
Lead
207
Bismuth
209
Polonium
210
Astatine
210
Radon
222
87 88 89 – 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og
7 Francium Radium Actinoids Rutherfordium Dubnium Seaborgium Bohrium Hassium Meitnerium Darmstadtium Roentgenium Copernicium Nihonium Flerovium Moscovium Livermorium Tennessine Oganesson
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
Lanthanoids La
Lanthanum
Ce
Cerium
Pr
Praseodymium
Nd
Neodymium
Pm Sm
Promethium Samarium
Eu
Europium
Gd
Gadolinium
Tb
Terbium
Dy
Dysprosium
Ho
Holmium
Er
Erbium
Tm
Thulium
Yb
Ytterbium
Lu
Lutetium
139 140 141 144 145 150 152 157 159 162.5 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Actinoids Ac
Actinium
Th
Thorium
Pa
Protactinium
U
Uranium
Np
Neptunium
Pu
Plutonium
Am Cm
Americium Curium
Bk
Berkelium
Cf
Californium
Es
Einsteinium
Fm
Fermium
Md
Mendelevium
No
Nobelium
Lr
Lawrencium
232 231 238
There are two series of elements with the proton numbers

Each of the horizontal rows of element is
of 57 to 71 and 89 to 103 placed separately at the bottom of
called a period. There are 7 periods in the
the Modern Periodic Table of Elements. These two series are
Modern Periodic Table of Elements.
known as lanthanoids and actinoids.
Figure 8.4 The Modern Periodic Table of Elements
Moving from left to right across a period, there is a gradual change in chemical and physical
properties, such as:
(a) a decrease in metallic properties and an increase in non-metallic properties
(b) a change of the properties of oxides from basic to acidic
(c) a decrease in electrical conductivity of the element
The Principle for the Arrangement of the Elements in the

Modern Periodic Table of Elements
In the Modern Periodic Table of Elements, the elements are arranged from left to right and top
to bottom, in the order of their increasing proton number. Proton number is defined as the
number of protons in the nucleus of an atom. Study the Modern Periodic Table of Elements again.
8.2.1 171
8.2.2
Chap 08.indd 171 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

... ...
Aim: To relate the arrangement of the elements with their proton number 21st Century Skills
in the Modern Periodic Table of Elements.
Instructions:
2. Each group is given an incomplete Modern Periodic Table of Elements and several cards with the
symbol and proton number of the element.
3. Use the cards to fill in the blank space in the Modern Periodic Table of Elements given.
4. Present the completed Modern Periodic Table of Elements in front of the class.
... ...
Aim: To identify the position of the element in the Modern Periodic 21st Century Skills
Table of Elements.
Instructions:
2. Refer to the Modern Periodic Table of Elements and determine the exact symbol of the element
below and their position in the Modern Periodic Table of Elements.
7 18 20 42
V W X Y
14 40 40 96
3. Present the results in front of the class.
Electron Arrangements of the Elements

Now, you know that every element in the Modern Periodic Table of Elements has a specific proton
number. For example, the proton number of oxygen is 8 and the proton number of magnesium is
12. For a neutral atom, the number of protons is equal to the number of electrons. How are the
electrons arranged around the nucleus? The electrons are arranged in shells around the nucleus.
The electrons occupy the shells closest to the nucleus first. The electrons can only start occupying a
new shell when the previous one has been occupied.
First shell: 2 electrons Example:
Second shell: 8 electrons
Third shell: 18 electrons S
Nucleus
Figure 8.5 The electron arrangement around

the nucleus Figure 8.6 The electron arrangement of
sulphur atom
For atoms with proton numbers 1 to 20,
Sulphur has a proton number of 16. Hence, a sulphur
the first shell can accommodate up to two atom has 16 electrons. These electrons are arranged as
electrons, the second shell can accommodate two in the first shell, eight in the second shell and the
up to eight electrons, and the third shell can remaining six in the third shell. The electron arrangement
accommodate up to eight electrons. of the sulphur atom can be written as 2.8.6.
172 8.2.2
8.2.3
Chap 08.indd 172 22/10/2019 8:32 AM

... ...
Aim: To draw the electron arrangement of the first 20 elements in the 21st Century Skills
Modern Periodic Table of Elements.
Materials: Marker pen, A4 paper
Instructions:
2. Determine the proton number of five different elements and relate it with the number of electrons.
3. Draw the electron arrangement for each element on a piece of A4 paper and paste it at the back of
the classroom.
Formation of Positive and Negative Ions ience Gallery

Science
Sc
You learned about the formation of positive and negative ions in Duplet electron arrangement
Form 3. Most of the atoms have unstable electron arrangement. is the stable electron
Therefore, these atoms will tend to form a stable electron arrangement with 2 electrons
in the first shell.
arrangement.
Neutral atoms form ions by donating the outermost
electrons to other atoms or by accepting the outermost electrons He
of the other atoms. This is to achieve a stable duplet or octet
electron arrangement. Duplet electron arrangement
Octet electron arrangement

When an atom donates or accepts an electron, the atom is the stable electron
becomes a charged particle called an ion. arrangement with 8 electrons
• Positive ions are formed when the atoms of metal in the outermost shell.
elements donate electrons.
• Negative ions are formed when the atoms of
non-metallic elements accept electrons.
Ne
As an example, a magnesium atom has 12 electrons. Its electron
arrangement is 2.8.2. How does this atom achieve a stable octet
electron arrangement? Would it be easier for the atom to donate two Octet electron arrangement
electrons or accept six electrons? Let us study Figure 8.7.
2+
Donates two electrons

Mg Mg
Magnesium atom (2.8.2) Magnesium ion (2.8)
Figure 8.7 Formation of positive ion, Mg 2+
8.2.3 173
8.2.4
Chap 08.indd 173 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

A chlorine atom has 17 electrons. Figure 8.8 shows the chlorine atom with an electron
arrangement of 2.8.7. This atom accepts one electron to achieve a stable octet electron arrangement.
–
Accepts one electron

Cl Cl
Chlorine atom (2.8.7) Chloride ion (2.8.8)

Figure 8.8 Formation of negative ion, Cl–
The atom will tend to achieve stable electron arrangement by donating or accepting electrons
from other atoms. Carry out Activity 8.5 to show the effect on a substance when ions are formed.
... ...
Title: Controlling Metal Corrosion 21 Century Skills

st
Related topic: Metal corrosion occurs when the metal atoms form positive ions.
Suggested duration: 1 week
Problem: One of the main problems faced by vehicles and bridges is rust. Therefore, the
maintenance of bridges and vehicles is a challenge to a country’s economy. The surface of an
atomic substance (for example iron) must be kept in good condition.
Based on the problem above, discuss how maintenance work can be carried out on bridges
and vehicles.
Sources:
• Science textbook (content related to the formation of ion, rusting)
• Websites
• Other reference materials such as scientific magazines related to ion formation and rusting
Explain the appropriate methods or ways to control metal corrosion. Presentations can be in the form of
multimedia presentation.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 8.2
1. State the position of the following elements in the Modern Periodic Table of Elements.
(a) Lithium (b) Silver (c) Helium (d) Gold
2. Give two examples of elements in Group 17.
3. Element M has a proton number of 19. Based on the Modern Periodic Table of Elements, state
the name of element M.
4. Element N is located in Group 15 and Period 3 in the Modern Periodic Table of Elements.
What is the electron arrangement for the atom of element N?
5. Using suitable examples, state the formation of positive and negative ions from the atoms of
their element.
174 8.2.4
8.2.5
Chap 08.indd 174 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

8.3 Isotope
All atoms of an element have the same number of protons and

neutrons. However, some elements have atoms with the same History Corner
number of protons but different number of neutrons. These atoms The word isotope
originates from the
are known as isotopes. Table 8.1 shows some examples of isotopes. Greek word ‘isos’
Table 8.1 Examples of isotopes which means same
and ‘topos’ means
place. This word means
Number of Number of Number of
Isotope isotope for an element
protons electrons neutrons that has the same
Hydrogen-1 1 1 0 position in the Modern
Periodic Table
Hydrogen-2 1 1 1
of Elements.
Hydrogen-3 1 1 2
Carbon-12 6 6 6
Carbon-13 6 6 7
Carbon-14 6 6 8
Oxygen-16 8 8 8
Oxygen-18 8 8 10 Isotopes
Isotopes are usually written only by their nucleon number. The my/Science/F4/
nucleon number is the total number of protons and neutrons in the VIDEO Isotope.mp4
nucleus of that atom. For example, the isotope for hydrogen has 1
proton and 2 neutrons, written as hydrogen-3. Carry out Activity 8.6
to determine the number of protons, neutrons and nucleon number
in other isotopes.
Activity 8.6
Aim: To determine the number of protons, neutrons and the nucleon number of isotopes.
Instructions: Complete the table below with the number of protons, neutrons and the nucleon number
for the given isotopes.
Isotope Number of protons Number of neutrons Nucleon number
Chlorine-35 18
Chlorine-37 37
Sodium-23 11
Sodium-24 13
Bromine-79 79
Bromine-81 35
8.3.1 175
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.2
Chap 08.indd 175 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

The Use of Isotopes in Various Fields
Technological advances have led to the widespread use of isotopes. Without realising, isotopes
in the form of radioisotopes are actually widely used around us. Radioisotopes are unstable
isotopes that emit radioactive radiation. Even though radioisotopes emit harmful radiation, it has
important uses if handled correctly. Radioisotopes are used in medical field, agriculture, industry,
power generation and research. Recall the use of radioactive radiation that you learned in Form 3
as shown below.
Medical
Gamma radiation
from cobalt-60 is used
to kill cancer cells.
Food technology Photograph 8.3 Radiotherapy machine
Gamma radiation
from cobalt-60 is also
used to destroy the
microorganism on
vegetables without
changing the quality of
the food.
Agriculture
Photograph 8.4 Vegetables that are free of germs
Phosphorus-32 is
injected into the root
of plants to study the
rate of absorption of
phosphorus fertiliser
in plants.
Photograph 8.5
Plant roots
176 8.3.3
Chap 08.indd 176 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Do you know the use of other isotopes? Let us carry out Activity 8.7.
... ...
Activity 8.7 Think-Pair-Share
Aim: To search information on the use of the isotopes in various fields. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. Search for information from various sources on the use of isotopes in various fields for 20 minutes.
3. Share and discuss the results obtained with a partner.
4. Present the information obtained in the table as follows.
Field Isotope Uses
Medical Sodium-24
Cobalt-60
Iodine-131
Agriculture Phosphorus-32
Carbon-14
Archaeology and Geology Carbon-14
Food technology Cobalt-60
Paper industry Americium-241
Electricity generation Uranium-235
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 8.3
1. State the definition of isotopes.
2. Give three examples of isotopes.
3. An atom has 10 protons, 10 neutrons and 10 electrons. What is the nucleon number of
that atom?
4. What are the uses of isotopes in the medical field?
8.3.3
177
8.3.3
Chap 08.indd 177 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Chap 08.indd 178
178
ELEMENTS AND SUBSTANCES
Modern Periodic
Matter Isotopes
Table of Elements
Types of particles
Definition of
Uses of isotopes
isotopes
Atom Molecule Ion

forms forms forms
Medical Industry Research
Atomic Molecular Ionic
substances substances substances Agriculture Power generation
Groups and Electron

Formation of ions
Periods arrangement
Positive ions Negative ions
22/10/2019 8:33 AM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
8.1 Matter
Explain the atomic substances, molecular substances and ionic substances with examples.
Explain the existence of elements in various forms.
8.2 Modern Periodic Table of Elements
Analyse the Modern Periodic Table of Elements.
Deduce the principle of the arrangement of the elements in the Modern Periodic Table
of Elements.
Draw and write the electron arrangement of elements in its group.
Explain the formation of positive ions and negative ions.
Justify the loss and gain of electrons to achieve the stable electron arrangement.
8.3 Isotope
Explain isotopes with examples.
Determine the number of proton, number of neutron and nucleon number in isotopes.
Communicate the use of isotopes in various fields.
Summative
Sum Practice
my/Science/F4/Q8
1. Photograph 1 shows two types of substances. QUIZ
Photograph 1
(a) State the type of particles that form:
(i) salt
(ii) sugar
(b) Give two other examples of substances that are formed from the same type of particles as
salt and sugar.
(c) Give two examples of substances that contain the oxygen that exists in the form of molecules
and ions.
179
Chap 08.indd 179 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

2. Figure 1 shows part of the Modern Periodic Table of Elements.
P Q R
U S

Figure 1
P, Q, R, S, T and U are the letters used to represent the elements in the Modern Periodic Table of
Elements which is not the correct symbol of that element.
(a) How are these elements arranged in the Modern Periodic Table of Elements?
(b) Which elements belong to the same group?
(c) Which element exists as a stable atom? Explain your answer.
(d) An element has a nucleon number of 32 and a proton number of 16. Where is the element
located in the Modern Periodic Table of Elements?
(e) State the electron arrangement of the following elements:
(i) P
(ii) Q
(iii) T
3. Table 1 shows several elements with their proton numbers and nucleon numbers respectively.
Table 1
Element Proton number Nucleon number

X 13 27
Y 17 35
Z 20 40
(a) Determine the number of neutrons for the atomic elements X, Y and Z.
(b) Draw the electron arrangement for the atomic element X, Y and Z.
(c) In your opinion, where are the elements X, Y and Z located in the Modern Periodic Table of
Elements?
(d) How do atoms of the following elements achieve a stable electron arrangement?
(i) Element X
(ii) Element Y
180
Chap 08.indd 180 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

4. Table 2 shows the elements P, Q, R and S with their respective proton and nucleon numbers.
Table 2
Element Proton number Nucleon number
P 15 32
Q 11 24
R 11 23
S 6 14
(a) Which element is a pair of isotope? Explain your answer.
(b) State the uses of the isotopes you mentioned in question 4(a) in medicine and in the field
of industry.
(c) State element P and its uses in agriculture.
(d) Name element S and state its uses in agriculture and archaeology.
Mind hallenge
Challenge
C
5.
Akmal received a complaint about the cracked road condition even after repairing it
many times. It was found that the soil beneath the road suddenly became soft due to
leakage of the underground pipeline.
How did Akmal solve the problem?

The problem should be solved by following the steps below:
• identifying the pr oblem
• clarifying the pr oblem
• stating the steps in solving the pr oblem
181
Chap 08.indd 181 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Chapter
9 Chemicals in Industry
Keywords
Alloy
Components of glass
and ceramic
Natural polymer
Synthetic polymer
Natural rubber
Vulcanised rubber
Vulcanisation
of rubber
182
Chap 09.indd 182 22/10/2019 8:54 AM

Chemicals in Industry Chapter 9
What is an alloy?
What is superconductor alloy?
How are glass and ceramic made?
Are there different types of glass and their
specific uses?
What is a polymer?
What are some examples of natural polymers
and synthetic polymers?
Double Glazed
Window s
Double glazed w
indows consist of
layers of glass pa two
nels combined as
empty space in one with
between and in
frame or a door. se rted into a window
Double glazed w
windows with on indows are bett
e glass panel be er than
of incoming heat cause it can redu
and cools down ce the flow
In addition, this the space inside
window is also so a building.
windows also in undproof. Doub
crease the secu le glazed
panels are toug rity of the home
her to break com as two glass
safety purposes pared to one glas
, it is better to ch s panel. For
laminated glass. oo se a thicker glas
s panel or
You
Andawill
akanlearn about:
belajar tentang:
alloy
glass and ceramic
polymer
183
Chap 09.indd 183 22/10/2019 8:54 AM

9.1 Alloy
Many objects around us are

made of alloys. Photograph 9.1
shows some of the objects that
are made of alloys.
Photograph 9.1 Objects made of alloys
What is an Alloy?
An alloy is a mixture of several types of metals or a mixture of metal and
non-metal by a certain percentage. There are several types of alloys which
Interactive
are commonly used in daily life such as steel, pewter, bronze, brass and Game
duralumin. Table 9.1 shows the composition, properties and the uses of
these alloys.
Table 9.1 Composition, properties and the uses of alloy
Alloy Composition Properties Uses
Steel Iron 99% • Hard and strong • Construction materials for buildings and bridges
Carbon 1% • To make frame of vehicles and railway tracks
Pewter Tin 96% • Lustre • To make decorative items such as photo frames
Copper 3% • Resistant to corrosion
Antimony 1%
Bronze Copper 88% • Hard • To make monuments, metal sculptures, coins, medals
Tin 12% • Resistant to corrosion and others
• Attractive colour
Brass Copper 75% • Strong • To make keys, door knobs, musical instruments such
Zinc 25% • Has shiny surface as trumpet
• Malleable
• Gold in colour
Duralumin Aluminium 95% • Light • To make frame of aircrafts, aeroplanes and others
Copper 3% • Strong
Magnesium 1% • Resistant to corrosion
Manganese 1%
184
9.1.1
Chap 09.indd 184 22/10/2019 8:54 AM

Why is an alloy produced? Generally, most pure metals are soft and
can corrode easily. These properties are not suitable for producing
most of the things around us. Therefore, the process of forming
alloys or alloying is done to improve the properties of pure metal.
The atoms in a pure metal are arranged orderly in layers. The
science
science
integrat
integration
layers of atoms in pure metal slide over each other easily when force ...
with..
is applied. HISTORY
The first alloy found was
Force
bronze. Bronze was
discovered hundreds
of years back, in the
prehistoric age known as
the Bronze Age. During this
period, bronze was used to
The layers of make tools and weapons.
atoms slide over easily
Figure 9.1 Arrangement of atoms in a pure metal
When one or more metal or non-metal elements are added into pure metal, the atoms from
these elements make the layers of pure metal atoms difficult to slide over each other. This is because
foreign atoms have different sizes. This makes alloys stronger and harder than pure metals.
Atoms of pure metal Atoms of foreign element
+ Brain Teaser
Teaser
Does alloy exist naturally?
Alloy
When force is applied, the Atom of

layers of atoms in pure metal have foreign element
difficulty to slide over each other Atom of pure metal
Figure 9.2 An alloy

The composition or percentage of the contents of each element in alloys can be altered based
on its use.
Aim: To build a model of particle arrangement in pure metals and alloys. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. Choose one type of alloy which is different from the other groups.
3. Use recycled materials to build a model of the particle arrangement in the alloy and its pure metal.
4. Present the model in front of the class.
185
9.1.1
Chap 09.indd 185 22/10/2019 8:54 AM

Several properties of alloys and pure metals can be investigated through experiments in the
laboratory. Let us carry out Experiment 9.1 and Experiment 9.2.
Experiment 9.1
Aim: To study the hardness of alloys compared to pure metals.
Problem statement: Is alloy harder than pure metal?
Hypothesis: Alloy is harder than pure metal.
Variables:
(a) manipulated: Types of metal blocks
(b) responding: Diameter of the dent
(c) constant: Diameter of steel ball, height of the weight, mass of the weight
Materials: Copper block, bronze block, cellophane tape, thread
Apparatus: Steel ball, weight (1 kg), retort stand and clamps, ruler, metre rule
Procedure:
1. Prepare the apparatus as shown in Figure 9.3.
Thread
Weight (1 kg)
Metre rule
Retort stand
Steel ball
Cellophane tape
Copper block

Figure 9.3 Setup of apparatus
2. Hang a 1 kg weight 50 cm above the copper block.
3. Release the weight so that it falls onto the steel ball attached to the copper block.
4. Observe and measure the diameter of the dent formed on the surface of the copper block using
a ruler.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 twice on different surfaces to obtain an average diameter of the dents on the
copper block.
6. Repeat steps 2 to 5 by replacing the copper block with the bronze block.
Result:
Diameter of the dent (cm) Average diameter
Metal block
1 2 3 (cm)
Copper
Bronze
Conclusion: Is the hypothesis of this experiment accepted? What is the conclusion of this experiment?
Questions:
1. Which is harder, the copper block or the bronze block?
2. Draw the arrangement of atoms in both blocks.
3. Why is the diameter of the dent for both blocks different?
186
9.1.2
Chap 09.indd 186 22/10/2019 8:54 AM

Experiment 9.2
Aim: To study the resistance to corrosion of alloys as compared to pure metals.

Problem statement: Is alloy more resistant to corrosion compared to pure metal?
Hypothesis: Alloy is more resistant to corrosion than pure metal.
Variables:
(a) manipulated: Types of nails
(b) responding: The presence of brown layer on the nail
(c) constant: Size of nails, type of solution, duration of experiment
Materials: Iron nail, steel nail, water
Apparatus: Test tubes, test tube rack
Procedure:
1. Label the test tubes as P and Q.
2. Fill test tubes P and Q with 10 ml of water.
3. Put the iron nail into test tube P and the steel nail into test tube Q.
Test
tubes
Precautionary
measures:
Water
Ensure that both nails are
rub using sandpaper before
Iron nail Steel nail conducting the experiment,
in order to clean the surface
of the nails.
P Q
4. Place both test tubes in a test tube rack on the laboratory table and leave them for a week.
5. After a week, record your observations.
Result:
Type of nail The presence of brown layer on the nail
Iron nail
Steel nail
Questions:
1. Which nail will rust after a week?
2. Draw the arrangement of atoms in both nails.
3. Why is the resistance to corrosion for both nails different?
Besides the hardness and resistance to corrosion, what are the other properties of an alloy that
distinguish it from pure metal? Discuss your answers with your teacher and friends.
187
9.1.2
Chap 09.indd 187 22/10/2019 8:54 AM

The Use of Alloys in Daily Life
Alloys have specific uses based on their unique properties.
Some musical
instrument are
Steel is used for constructing The body of an aeroplane
made of brass
skyscrapers because of its is made of light and
which is shiny
hardness and resistance strong duralumin.
and resistant
to corrosion.
to corrosion.
Photograph 9.2 Photograph 9.3 Aeroplane Photograph 9.4 Saxophone

Petronas Twin Tower
Several types of metal elements and Superconductor alloys are used for the
non-metal elements have superconducting construction of the railway track of a
properties at low temperature and are added to high-powered train to make sure the
train moves by floating and to prevent
make superconductor alloys. Superconductors friction between the track and the body
are materials that can conduct electricity at high of the train. This allows the train to move
efficiency without resistance. A superconductor at high speed.
is also able to resist a magnetic field causing the
superconducting material to float when placed on
a magnet.
Photograph 9.5 Maglev train
Superconductor alloys such as niobium-titanium

and niobium-tin are used in the construction of
the Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) machine
Photograph 9.6 Magnetic for medical imaging.
Resonance Imaging (MRI) machine
188
9.1.3
Chap 09.indd 188 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 9.1
1. Give two examples of alloy containing copper metal.
2. Draw the arrangement of atoms in an alloy and a pure metal, then relate the arrangement of
the atoms to the properties of pure metal.
3. What alloy is used to make the body of an aeroplane? Explain why the alloy is chosen.
9.2 Glass and Ceramic

What is Glass?
Glass is believed to have been used since 5000 B.C. Glass is made of silica. Silica is a compound that
contains silicon dioxide and exists naturally in sand. Pure silica melts and liquefies at around 1500°C
to form glass.
Photograph 9.7 Silica Photograph 9.8 Glass bottle

Several types of glass are made in the glass industry. Table 9.2 shows the types of glass with
their composition and properties.
Table 9.2 Types of glass with their composition and properties
Glass Composition Properties
Fused silica glass • Silica • Resistant to heat

• Chemically inert
Soda-lime glass • Silica • Low melting point

• Calcium carbonate • Easy to shape
• Sodium carbonate
Borosilicate glass • Silica • High resistance to heat and chemicals

• Boron oxide compared to soda-lime glass
• Sodium oxide
• Aluminium oxide
Lead crystal glass • Silica • Low melting point

• Lead(II) oxide • High refractive index
• Sodium oxide
189
9.2.1
Chap 09.indd 189 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

What is Ceramic?
Ceramic consists of non-metal substance that is formed from heat reaction at a very high
temperature. Ceramic is made from clay. The main component in clay is aluminium silicate.
Ceramic can withstand high temperature and high pressure. Ceramic is also very hard,
brittle, chemically inert and does not rust. In addition, ceramic is also a good insulator of heat
and electricity.
Photograph 9.9 Aluminium silicate Photograph 9.10 Ceramic dishes
... ...
Aim: To provide reviews from a sharing session about a visit to glass and 21st Century Skills
ceramic factory, or through watching a video.
Instructions:
1. Participate in a sharing session or watch a video on the manufacture of glass and ceramic.
2. Gather information on the manufacture of glass and ceramic and record the information obtained in
your notebook.
3. Based on the information obtained, write a review on the manufacture of glass and ceramic.
The Use of Glass and Ceramic in Daily Life

Based on the properties of glass and ceramic that we have learned, we know that glass
and ceramic are used to produce many things in our daily life. Hence, this develops the
glass and ceramic industry in our country.
190 9.2.2
9.2.3
Chap 09.indd 190 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

Applications of Glass and Ceramic

Glass has unique properties that make it suitable for the manufacture of various goods.
The following are some examples of applications of glass.
Laboratory apparatus such as The bulb is usually made of

beaker and conical flask are made of soda-lime glass because of its
borosilicate glass because of its high resistance to heat and it is
resistance to heat and chemicals. easily shaped.
The glass prism made of lead crystal Transparent glass

glass is used to study the dispersion of window allows light to
light because it has high refractive index. enter the house.
Photograph 9.11 Applications of glass
Ceramic is used in the manufacture of various goods. The following shows some examples of
applications of ceramic.
Tableware is made Ceramic is used to make

of ceramic because dentures because of its hardness
of its resistance to and inert to chemicals.
heat and corrosion.
Ceramic tiles used Ceramic flower pots

for flooring have are hard and strong.
sparkling property
that make the floor
look clean and nice.
Photograph 9.12 Applications of ceramic

191
9.2.2
Chap 09.indd 191 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 9.2
1. What is the main component in glass and ceramic?
2. State three applications of glass and ceramic.
9.3 Polymer
Did you know that all of the items shown in Photograph 9.13 are made of polymers?
Photograph 9.13 Products from polymer
What is a Polymer?
A polymer is a large molecule formed by chains of smaller molecular units. The
smaller molecular unit that makes up this polymer is known as a monomer.
Polymers can be classified into natural polymers and synthetic polymers.
192
9.3.1
Chap 09.indd 192 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

Table 9.3 Natural polymers

Natural polymer Monomer Use
Natural polymers Starch Glucose Produces energy
are polymers that
Protein Amino acid Builds cells and body tissues
exist naturally.
Natural rubber Isoprene To make rubber-based products
Table 9.4 Synthetic polymers

Synthetic polymer Monomer Use
To make plastic bottles, plastic bags

Polythene Ethene
and pails
Synthetic polymers
are man-made Polystyrene Styrene
To make packing container for
polymers using electrical equipment
chemical substances. Methyl To make aeroplane mirrors, windows
Perspex
methacrylate for vehicles
Synthetic rubber Neoprene To make gloves, tyres and shoe soles
Polymerisation and Depolymerisation

Polymers are produced through the process of polymerisation. Polymerisation is the process of
joining the monomers through the formation of chemical bonds to produce a long-chain polymer.
Depolymerisation refers to the process of splitting a long-chain polymer into its monomers
through chemical reactions.
Polymerisation
Monomer Polymer
Depolymerisation
Figure 9.5 Polymerisation and depolymerisation
Polymerisation that involves a monomer of the same type by breaking a double bond into a
single bond is known as addition polymerisation. Polythene is one of the example of polymers
produced through the addition polymerisation from its monomer, ethene (Figure 9.6).
H H H H
| | | |
n C C C—C
| | | |
n
H H H H
Ethene Polythene
Figure 9.6 Addition polymerisation
9.3.1 193
9.3.2
Chap 09.indd 193 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

Natural Rubber
The milky fluid obtained from tapped rubber trees is called latex. Latex is
then processed into natural rubber. These natural polymers contribute
greatly to the economic growth of our country. Natural rubber is elastic,
soft, cannot withstand heat, a good electrical insulator and is not
permeable to air.
The Action of Acid and Alkali on Latex
In latex, rubber molecules in the form of chains are covered with a layer of
protein membrane. Negative charges surround the outer surface of the membrane.
This causes the rubber molecules to repel each other. Thus, latex remains in liquid
form. How can latex be converted into solid form?
When an acid is added to the latex, positively-charged hydrogen ions from the
acid will neutralise the negative charges on the surface of the protein membrane.
Without these negative charges, the rubber molecules will collide with one another.
This will break the protein membrane and the chain of the rubber polymer is now free to
coagulate to form solid lumps.
– – Negative +
+ – – +
+
Broken
– – – Neutralised
– charge +–
–
membrane
+
– –
Chain of + – – rubber
–
– –
–
rubber polymer Addition
–
+ – –
–
+
particle
+ + + +
+– –
–
– –
–
of acid + – –+
Protein – –
Positive – –+
membrane – charge +– –+
–
–
– Chain of rubber
– from acid +–
+ – +–
+
– – polymer coagulates
Figure 9.7 Coagulation of latex by acid
Latex left without the addition of acid will, over time, form solid lumps due to the action of
bacteria that produces acid which neutralises the protein membranes of rubber molecules. So, how
can latex be preserved in liquid form?
When an alkali is added to the latex, the hydroxide ions from the alkali will neutralise the
hydrogen ions from the acid. Without the acid, negative charges remain on the protein membrane
and the rubber molecules repel one another, and do not collide. Thus, the rubber molecules will
remain in liquid form.
+ –+ – –
– – – –
+
–
– + Neutralised – – – Chain of
–
+– + rubber – –
+– –
– – – rubber
–
+ – –
– particle –
– – – –
–
polymer
+ – –
+ + + +
+– –
–+
Addition of Negative charge – – – –
–
Positive charge from + – – – – –
– –+ alkali from alkali – – –
acid (due to the +–
–+
– – – –
–
actions of bacteria) +–
+ Protein membrane – – –
+ – +– – –
– –
Figure 9.8 Alkali reaction on latex
194
9.3.3
Chap 09.indd 194 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

Let us carry out Activity 9.3 and Activity 9.4 to study the properties of natural rubber.
Aim: To study the properties of natural rubber. 21st Century Skills

Materials: Rubber sheet, water
Apparatus: Boiling tube, retort stand and clamps, Bunsen burner
A The elasticity of natural rubber
Procedure:
1. Test the elasticity of natural rubber by stretching and twisting the Photograph 9.14 Stretching
rubber sheet.
2. Observe and record your observations.
Question:
Is the rubber sheet able to return to its original shape?
B The effect of heat on natural rubber Photograph 9.15 Twisting
Procedure:
1. Cut a piece of natural rubber from Activity A and put it into a boiling Boiling
tube containing water. tube
2. Heat it slowly with a Bunsen burner (Figure 9.9).
Rubber
3. Test the elasticity of the rubber piece after it has cooled. piece
Question:
What happens to the rubber piece after heating?
Bunsen burner
Aim: To study the action of acid and alkali on latex. 21st Century Skills
Materials: Latex, ethanoic acid, ammonia solution
Apparatus: Beakers, droppers, glass rods
Procedure:
1. Label three beakers as P, Q and R. Then, add 20 ml of latex into each beaker.
Dropper
Ethanoic Ammonia Safety
acid solution precaution
precautiom
Glass rod Wear gloves when

handling ethanoic acid and
Latex Latex ammonia solution.
P Q R
2. Add 10 drops of ethanoic acid into beaker P and stir.
3. Add 10 drops of ammonia solution into beaker Q and stir.
4. Leave beaker R without adding acid or alkali.
5. Observe the changes occurring in all three beakers and record your observations in the table on
page 196.
195
9.3.3
Chap 09.indd 195 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

Observation:
Beaker Observation
P
Q
R
Questions:
1. What happens when ethanoic acid is added to latex?
2. What happens when ammonia is added to latex?
3. How can coagulation of latex be prevented?
4. Why do latex coagulate when exposed to air?
Vulcanisation of Rubber
The properties of natural rubber which is soft and not resistant to heat makes
it an unsuitable material for tyres of vehicles. Due to Malaysian hot weather,
tyres made of natural rubber will become soft and melt when exposed to hot
road surfaces.
So, how can the properties of natural rubber be improved to make it a
suitable material for making various things?
Vulcanisation can improve the properties
Renowned
of rubber and make it stronger. Vulcanisation is
Scientist a process of heating rubber with sulphur. During
vulcanisation, sulphur atoms are added to the chain of natural
rubber polymer molecules. The rubber obtained through this process
is called vulcanised rubber.
S S
S
Sulphur
S
+ Sulphur cross-links
Charles Goodyear
(1800 – 1860) S S
S
S S
He founded the S
vulcanisation process in
1839. He heated a mixture
of natural rubber with Chain of natural Vulcanised rubber
1% – 3% of sulphur rubber polymer
according to its mass.
Figure 9.11 Vulcanisation of rubber
The molecular structure of vulcanised rubber has a bond between each chain of rubber
polymer. This however, cannot be seen in natural rubber. This is due to the added sulphur atoms
that produces cross-links between the rubber polymer chains. Therefore, when a force is applied,
it is difficult for the chain of vulcanised rubber polymer to slide over each other. When heat is
applied, the structure of vulcanised rubber molecules is difficult to break. Thus, the vulcanised
rubber is harder and has high resistance to heat.
196
9.3.3
Chap 09.indd 196 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

Figure 9.12 shows the properties of vulcanised rubber.
Hard and more

elastic
Resistant Good electrical

to heat insulator
Properties
of vulcanised
rubber
Not permeable to Difficult to be

liquid and air oxidised in air
Does not react

with acid and
alkali
Figure 9.12 Properties of vulcanised rubber
Vulcanised rubber is suitable to make tyres for vehicles, rubber gloves and shoe soles.
Photograph 9.16 Items made of vulcanised rubber
... ...
Aim: To sketch the molecular structure and describe the properties of 21st Century Skills
vulcanised rubber.
Instructions:
2. Sketch the molecular structure of natural rubber and vulcanised rubber on a piece of flip chart paper.
3. Present your sketch to your friends in the class and describe the suitability of the properties of
vulcanised rubber in producing various items.
197
9.3.3
Chap 09.indd 197 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

The Latest Rubber-based Technology
Rubber is one of the major commodities of Malaysia. The rubber industry has improved the
economy of the country. Research and development on rubber that is carried out by the Malaysian
Rubber Board needs to be continued for the rubber industry to grow in our country. Some
discoveries have been made using the special properties of rubber in the manufacturing and
construction field. What are these technologies?
Cuplump Modified Asphalt

(CMA) acts as the concrete The rail pad made of rubber
asphalt for the pavement to last Getah Colour is a paint is placed between the railway
longer, resist heat, reduce noise produced from latex to be and the train’s engine to reduce
and road cracks. used for visual arts. vibration and sound.
Photograph 9.17 Some of the latest rubber-based technology

What about other potential uses of rubber in the future? Can you think of any potential
future use of rubber?
... ...
Aim: To gather information and present the latest rubber-based technology. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. Using the Internet and other media, gather information about the latest rubber-based technology
other than those specified in the textbook.
3. Based on the information obtained, discuss in groups on products that can be manufactured
using rubber.
4. Present your ideas to the class. Your presentations must include:
• sketches of the product
• the manufacturing purpose
• the special properties of the rubber in the product
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 9.3
1. Name two natural polymers and synthetic polymers and their monomers.
2. Compare the properties of natural rubber and vulcanised rubber.
3. Describe how vulcanised rubber is produced from natural rubber.
198
9.3.4
Chap 09.indd 198 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

Chap 09.indd 199
CHEMICALS IN INDUSTRY
Alloy Glass and Polymer

Ceramic
Definition of monomer, polymer
Composition
Properties Polymerisation process

Component Application
Uses Addition
Depolymerisation process
polymerisation
Natural Synthetic
Natural rubber
The latest
Vulcanisation rubber-based
technology
Vulcanised rubber
199
22/10/2019 8:55 AM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
9.1 Alloy
Define and give examples of alloys based on their composition of elements.
Carry out an experiment to compare the properties of alloys with their pure metals.
Justify the use of alloys in daily life.
9.2 Glass and Ceramic
Describe the components of glass and ceramic.
Explain the applications of glass and ceramic with examples.
Justify the suitability of using glass and ceramic in daily life.
9.3 Polymer
Explain natural polymers and synthetic polymers.
Explain the process of addition polymerisation.
Communicate the characteristics and process of vulcanisation of rubber.
Generating ideas on the latest rubber-based technology.
Summative
Sum Practice
1. Photograph 1 shows two objects.
Object P Object Q
Photograph 1
(a) What is the type of alloy used to manufacture P and Q?
(b) Give two other uses of the alloy used to manufacture P and Q.
(c) Why is a bronze block stronger than a copper block?
(d) In your opinion, can the alloy which is used to make object P be used to build a ship?
200
Chap 09.indd 200 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

2. Photograph 2 shows the laboratory apparatus made of glass.
Photograph 2
(a) What type of glass is used to make the products above?
(b) How is the type of glass you stated in question 2(a) selected in the manufacture of the
above products?
(c) Give examples of another type of glass that may be suitable in producing the above product.
(d) Is the glass used to make the product above suitable to make drinking water containers to be
used in restaurants? Justify your answer.
3. Superconductor alloys have many uses now and in the future. Photograph 3 shows one of the
uses of superconductor alloy in Maglev trains.
Photograph 3
(a) How is a superconductor alloy used in the construction of the Maglev train?
(b) Give two other uses of superconductor alloys in daily life.
(c) In your opinion, can the superconductor alloy be used in the antigravity car manufacturing?
Describe the process.
Mind hallenge
Challenge
C
4. A Form 4 student found his bicycle tyre punctured on his way home from school. Then, he
went to the workshop to repair his tyres. When the mechanic was repairing the tyre, the
student discovered that the rubber tube of the tyre he was holding has different elasticity
compared to the coagulated latex in his school laboratory.
Referring to the above statement, plan an experiment in the laboratory to study the
elasticity of the two types of rubber. Your plan should include the following:
(a) aim (e) procedure
(b) hypothesis (f) setup of apparatus
(c) variables (g) tabulation of data
(d) materials and apparatus
201
Chap 09.indd 201 22/10/2019 8:55 AM

Chapter
10 Chemicals in Medicine
and Health
Keywords
Traditional medicine
Modern medicine
Complementary
medicine
Misuse of medicine
Free radical
Oxidation of food
Active ingredient
202
Chap 10.indd 202 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Chemicals in Medicine and Health Chapter 10
What are the common medical treatments

in Malaysia?
What type of medicine is generally given to
treat patients?
Do you know what free radicals mean?
What is the effect of antioxidant substance on
free radicals?
What does active ingredient in health products
refer to?
Kitab Tib
Kitab Tib is an an
cient Malay hand
manuscript. This written tradition
book is a referenc al medical
ancient times to e for the Malay so
cure various dise ciety in
methods to trea ases. This book
t diseases such co ntains
and eye sore us as stomach ache
ing natural subs s, cough
mixed with herb tances from tree
s. Kitab Tib is na s and plants
medical manus med after the Ar
cript, Al-Qanun abic language
Fi Al-Tibb by Ibnu
Sina.
Source: www.pn
m.gov.my/manus
melayu/03koleks krip/
i/306_perubatan
.htm
(Access on 19 Au
gust 2019)
Andawill
You akan belajar
learn tentang:
about:
traditional medicine, modern medicine and
complementary medicine
free radicals
antioxidant substances
health products
203
Chap 10.indd 203 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

10.1 Traditional Medicine, Modern Medicine
and Complementary Medicine
When we are sick, we need to get medical attention and take medication to heal ourselves. What are
the medical options available to us?
Criteria of Traditional, Modern and Complementary Medicine

There are three medical options you need to know, namely traditional medicine, modern medicine
and complementary medicine. Can you distinguish these three types of medicine?
Traditional medicine is a medical treatment that uses plants, animals and natural substances
that are specifically applied or combined for diagnosis and treatment of diseases. Each race
in Malaysia practises their own traditional medicine. Figure 10.1 shows the criteria of
traditional medicine.
Effectiveness
of the
treatment is
Treatment slow and takes
time Inherited and
using natural
practised from
substances
generation to
from plants and
generation
animals
Criteria of
traditional
medicine
Effectiveness
Low proven with
treatment cost experience
Figure 10.1 Criteria of traditional medicine
... ...
Aim: To gather information on traditional medicine practise among 21st Century Skills
the people of Malaysia.
Instructions:
2. Gather information from various sources about traditional medicine practised among the people
of Malaysia.
3. Present the information in the form of multimedia presentation.
204
10.1.1
Chap 10.indd 204 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Modern medicine refers to the combination of the art of medicine in various fields of sciences
that relate to health science and biomedical such as clinical medicine, medical research and surgery
in the treatment of ailments. Figure 10.2 shows the criteria of modern medicine.
Treatment uses
synthetic medicine
Using modern
methods such
High
as surgery, laser
treatment cost
Criteria of treatment and
modern radiotherapy
medicine
Clinically Treatment
tested is effective
and fast
Figure 10.2 Criteria of modern medicine
Complementary medicine refers to various methods of health care that originates from
many cultural backgrounds. This method covers two main parts; natural product, and mind and
body practices. This method is sometimes used with the modern treatments to treat diseases such
as cancer. Figure 10.3 shows the criteria of complementary medicine.
Does not use

Does not involve medicine, drug and
surgery and stitches synthetic chemical
on body Criteria of substances
complementary
medicine
Considers the
views of modern
and traditional
medical
practitioners
Figure 10.3 Criteria of complementary medicine
205
10.1.1
Chap 10.indd 205 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Medicines used in Traditional, Modern and
Science Career
Complementary Medicine
Pharmacist Now that you have read about the three
A person who is Medicines
trained in the field of
medical approaches to treatment, let
http://
pharmacology and is us find out more about the medicine bukutekskssm.my/
qualified to prepare used in traditional, modern and Science/F4/Pg206_1
and dispense complementary medicine. Medicines INFORMATION
medicinal drugs.
are drugs or substances taken to control
health, treat or prevent diseases. These
drugs and treatments need to be obtained from accredited bodies.
Medicinal Plants Traditional medicine is medicine derived from natural sources
http:// such as plants and animals without being processed chemically. This
bukutekskssm.my/ medicine has been used since ancient times. How is a plant or animal
Science/F4/Pg206_2
INFORMATION used to treat diseases? Name some examples of traditional medicine
you know.
Aloe vera Ginseng Ginger

The gel from the leaves can A popular herb used in Relieves swelling, bodily
be applied on the skin to Chinese traditional medicine pain and bloatedness.
reduce pain due to sunburn to maintain good health.
or exposure to hot objects.
Hibiscus plant Quinine

The leaves relieve headache The bark of Cinchona sp.
and prevent hair loss. is used to make medicine
for malaria.
Photograph 10.1 Traditional medicines
206
10.1.2
Chap 10.indd 206 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Modern medicine is a drug manufactured in the laboratory for consumers and is widely
marketed. Modern medicine is available in many forms such as pills, capsules, paste, suspension
and solution. Modern medicine is classified into three types, which are analgesics, antibiotics
and psychotherapeutic.
Paracetamol
my/Science/F4/Pg207
INFORMATION
Analgesics
• This medicine relieves pain.
• Examples of analgesics are aspirin, paracetamol
and codeine.
Antibiotics
• This medicine kills or inhibits the growth of
infectious bacteria.
• This medicine is produced from microorganisms
such as fungi or bacteria that can fight the bacteria
that cause diseases.
• This medicine can be produced by synthesis of
• This medicine should be taken according to
prescription to ensure that the bacteria are destroyed.
• Examples of antibiotics are penicillin and streptomycin.
Psychotherapeutic
• This medicine is used to treat psychiatric patients.
• This medicine should not be taken arbitrarily and need to
follow the dosage prescribed by the doctor because it can
cause mood swings, thought disorder and changes in a
person’s behaviour.
• These medicines can be classified into three types:
stimulants − these medicines stimulate and activate
the brain activity, body and feelings of the patient;
example, amphetamine
antidepressants − these medicines treat depression;
examples, imipramine and amitriptyline
antipsychotics − these medicines have sedative
effects; examples, tranquiliser, barbiturates, doxepin
and haloperidol
Photograph 10.2 Types of modern medicines
207
10.1.2
Chap 10.indd 207 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Complementary medicine does not focus solely on the treatment of diseases but
also ensures that the patient is holistically, physically, mentally and emotionally healthy.
Complementary medicine is an additional treatment performed with modern medicine to treat
diseases. What are some of the common complementary medical practices used in Malaysia?
Acupuncture
Sterile needles are inserted into specific points on the
skin, called acupuncture points. They are inserted
slowly and gently to stimulate the nervous system to
relieve pain.
Chiropractic
Chiropractic does not use medicine. Instead a
chiropractor uses his hands to make adjustments to the
bone position. Chiropractic is effective for back and
neck pain, joint pain, headaches and sports injuries.
Traditional massage
Massage is a method of manipulating soft tissues
in the body using the hands, fingers and the fist.
Massage soothes anxiety, pain, fatigue, muscle
tension and nerve problems.
208
10.1.2
Chap 10.indd 208 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Homeopathy
Proper medication is given to patients based on the
symptoms shown or complaints by patients such as
fever, pain or cough. The medicine given strengthens
the body’s immunity against infectious disease, rather
than killing the germs that cause the disease.
Herbal therapy
Herbal therapy uses plants or parts of the plants that
cure diseases. Consumers have the confidence in
using these herbs because they do not have any side
effects and do not contain drugs which are harmful
to health.
Photograph 10.3 Types of complementary medicines
The Use of Traditional Medicine, Modern Medicine and

Complementary Medicine
Traditional medicine, modern medicine and complementary medicine complement one another.
Each method has its own strengths and weaknesses. As a student, can you explain the strengths
and weaknesses of the three methods? Carry out Activity 10.2 with your friends.
... ...
Aim: To discuss the effectiveness of traditional, modern and 21st Century Skills
complementary medicine.
Instructions:
2. Choose one medical method, whether traditional medicine, modern medicine or complementary
medicine.
3. Gather information from various sources on the effectiveness of the selected medical method and
discuss the information obtained.
4. Present the information obtained in the form of multimedia presentation.
10.1.2 209
10.1.3
Chap 10.indd 209 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

The Use of Man-made Medicines and Medicines from
Natural Resources
Medicines are from two sources, either man-made (synthetic) or from natural resources.
Traditional medicines are usually derived from natural resources, while most modern medicines
are produced by preparing the chemical compounds that have the same molecular structure or
similar molecular structure to the active ingredient in a traditional medicine. Table 10.1 shows the
comparison of properties between the medicines.
Table 10.1 Comparison of properties between man-made medicines and medicines from natural resources
Man-made medicines Medicines from natural resources
Made in the lab and commercialised for the use of Derived from plants and animals
consumers (Example: Vitamin C from fruits)
(Example: Vitamin C sold as pills in pharmacies)
Must be taken regularly (usually for chronic diseases) Must be taken or used continuously for a long time to
or stopped when the sickness has healed be effective
Evidence of healing is based on clinical tests Evidence of healing is by trust and past experiences
There is a risk of side effects if: There is a risk of side effects if:
• used without the advice of a doctor • used without the advice of a doctor
• the patient does not follow the correct dosage • the patient does not follow the correct dosage
... ...
Aim: To study man-made medicines and medicines from natural resources. 21 Century Skills
st
Instructions:
2. Gather information from the Internet, reference books, magazines and articles related to:
• advantages and disadvantages of vitamin C from natural and man-made resources
• side effects of natural and man-made medicines
3. Present your findings by conducting a Gallery Walk.
210
10.1.4
Chap 10.indd 210 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

The Effects of Misuse of Medicine

Medicines must be used for the right purpose, which is to cure diseases. Misuse of medicine
occurs when a person does not use medicine for its intended purpose or does not follow the
doctor’s prescription. This creates a risk of side effects. Side effects are undesirable effects of
drug use.
Causes severe side effects such

Causes death as allergies, vomiting, headache,
fever and dizziness
The effects
of misuse of
Causes the medication to medicine Causes addiction if the
be less effective. Hence, medicine is taken excessively
the disease is not cured such as cough syrup
Figure 10.4 The effects of misuse of medicine
... ...
Aim: To discuss the effects of misuse of medicine. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. Gather information from the Internet, reference books, magazines and articles on the effects of the
misuse of medicine due to:
• drug abuse Misuse of
• dependence on medicines Medicine
• consumption of medicines not according to the age specified http://
• consumption of medicines not according to the dosage prescribed bukutekskssm.my/
such as antibiotics, cough syrup and paracetamol INFORMATION Science/F4/Pg211
3. Create a mind map to show the cause and effect of the misuse of medicine.
4. Paste your group work on the notice board of your class.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 10.1
1. State three methods of medicine currently in practice.
2. Name three types of modern medicine and give examples.
3. Lai Yee and her family went for a vacation at Pulau Perhentian. After returning from the
vacation, her skin was red and painful. Which traditional medicine is able to relieve her
condition? Explain your answer.
4. Give two examples of complementary medicine and two reasons why some patients choose
complementary medicine.
211
10.1.5
Chap 10.indd 211 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

10.2 Free Radicals
Definition of Free Radicals

The term ‘free radicals’ often appear in newspapers, magazines, television advertisements and is
debated in health talks. Do you know what free radicals are? What are the effects of free radicals on
human health?
Free radicals are atoms or molecules that lack one electron which makes the
atoms or molecules unstable, reactive and tend to attack other atoms or molecules.
The Effects of Free Radicals on Human Health

Oxidation is a chemical reaction that occurs when a substance loses electrons in its reaction. The
oxidation process occurs naturally inside a body to produce free radicals. This situation triggers a
chain reaction to produce more free radicals. Metabolism and inflammation are two internal factors
that produce free radicals in the body (Figure 10.5). There are also external factors which affect the
amount of free radicals in the body such as cigarette smoke, exposure to radiation, sunlight and air
pollution (Figure 10.6). Too many free radicals in the body will affect human health.
Free radicals damage our DNA structure by removing electrons from molecules that build DNA.
Then, it forms carcinogenic substances that may cause mutations and cancer. Free radicals also:
• cause diseases such as cardiovascular disease and infertility
• damage the kidneys, liver and lungs
• cause premature aging conditions such as wrinkles and grey hair
Internal factors
Causes
DNA damage
White blood cell

Mitochondria
Metabolism Inflammation
Key:
Free radicals
Figure 10.5 Internal factors that produce free radicals in the human body
212 10.2.1
10.2.2
Chap 10.indd 212 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

External factors
Air pollution
Ultraviolet rays Toxic waste
Causes DNA
damage
Ionising radiation Cigarette smoke

Key:
Free radicals
Figure 10.6 External factors that produce free radicals and attack the cells of the human body
... ...
Activity 10.5 Writing Report
Aim: To gather information on free radicals. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. Gather information from the Internet, reference books, magazines and articles on:
• the formation of free radicals
• how free radicals can be found in the body
• how free radicals act on body cells
• the importance of free radicals in the human body
3. Write a report based on your findings.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 10.2
1. What are free radicals?
2. Explain how free radicals are formed.
3. Give two reasons why there are free radicals in the body.
213
10.2.2
Chap 10.indd 213 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

10.3 Antioxidant Substances
Definition of Antioxidant Substances

Antioxidants are chemical substances that are needed by our body to slow down or to stop
the oxidation process. This substance protects body cells from damage by free radicals
and is considered as a defensive line against diseases. Our bodies are capable of producing
antioxidant substances, but as we grow old, this ability decreases. Therefore, we need to get
antioxidants from food. What are the examples of antioxidants found in foods?
Beta carotene is commonly found in most red,

yellow or orange coloured food such as carrots,
mangoes and sweet potatoes.
Lutein is often associated with healthy eyes. These

antioxidants are found in high quantities in green leafy
vegetables such as spinach, cabbage and broccoli.
Lycopene is an antioxidant substance found in fruits

such as papaya, guava, watermelon, tomato, apricots,
grapefruit and oranges.
Vitamin C is a water-soluble vitamin which is also known as

ascorbic acid. This antioxidant is found in citrus fruits, spinach,
broccoli, kiwi fruit, strawberries, cranberry, cabbage, green
pepper and cereals.
Vitamin E which is also known as alpha-tocopherol is an

antioxidant found in many types of oil including palm oil,
wheat germ oil, corn oil and soybean oil. It is also found
in apricots, broccoli, legumes and mangoes.
Photograph 10.4 Antioxidant substances in food
214
10.3.1
Chap 10.indd 214 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

The Action of Antioxidants on Free Radicals

Antioxidants are chemical compounds that can be obtained from chemical synthesis or natural
plants. When antioxidants react with free radicals, more stable compounds will be produced and
this stops the oxidation process.
... ...
21st Century Skills

Aim: To watch a video on the action of antioxidants against free radicals.
Instructions:
1. Watch a video presentation about the action of antioxidants against free radicals.
2. Discuss the action of the antioxidant seen in the video in pairs.
Factors Affecting Food Oxidation

Oxidation can be seen when foods are exposed to the air. This process causes fruits such as
apples and bananas to become brown when left exposed to the air.
Freshly cut apple Apple which is left exposed to the air
Photograph 10.5 Oxidation on apple

Based on your knowledge of antioxidants, how can the oxidation process be slowed
down? Let us carry out Experiment 10.1.
215
10.3.2
Chap 10.indd 215 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Experiment 10.1
Aim: To study the effects of different types of solution on the oxidation of apples.
Problem statement: What can slow down the oxidation process on apples?
Hypothesis: Solutions containing antioxidant can slow down the oxidation process on apples.
Variables:
(a) manipulated: The type of solution
(b) responding: Colour changes on apple slices
(c) constant: Surrounding temperature, size of apple slice
Materials: Apple, sugar solution, lime juice, sodium bicarbonate solution, common salt solution
Apparatus: Petri dishes, beakers, forceps
Procedure:
Apple
Petri dish Sugar Lime juice Sodium Common

solution bicarbonate solution salt solution

1. Prepare four types of solutions as shown in Figure 10.7.
2. Cut an apple into five equal slices. Put one of the apple slices in a Petri dish as a control.
3. Use a forceps to soak each apple slice into sugar solution, lime juice, sodium bicarbonate solution
and common salt solution as shown in Figure 10.7.
4. After 1 minute, place the apple slices from the four solutions into a Petri dish and leave them to be
exposed to air for 15 minutes.
5. After 15 minutes, observe the changes to the apple slices in the four types of solution with the apple
not soaked in any solution.
Result:
Type of solution Colour changes on apple slices

Sugar solution
Lime juice
Sodium bicarbonate solution
Common salt solution

Questions:
1. Which apple slice did not turn brown?
2. Why did the apple slices become brown?
3. Which substances can slow down the oxidation process?
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 10.3
1. What is meant by antioxidant substances?
2. Give three examples of antioxidant substances found in food.
216
10.3.3
Chap 10.indd 216 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

10.4 Health Products
There is an increase in the number of

health products manufactured and sold in
the market nowadays.
However, are all of these products
good for health and help in curing
sickness? What is the content in
the products? How do we know the
effectiveness of the products to our health?
Active Ingredients in Health Products

All health products, whether in the form of pills, powders or lotions contain active ingredients that
play a role in improving health. What is the meaning of active ingredients?
Active ingredients are specific components of a product that have effects on the
cure or prevention of disease.
Ingredient
Active Ingredient Purpose
Vitamin C .................................. Antioxidant
Figure 10.8 Example of a health product labelled with active ingredient

The active ingredient will have the same effect or purpose even when used in products of
different brands. Sometimes, two or more active ingredients cannot be used together because they
can react and cause harm to health.
217
10.4.1
Chap 10.indd 217 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

The Use of Health Products Available in the Market
Currently, the demand for health products is increasing. Why is this happening?
Sometimes, health products such as supplements are taken to treat diseases

and to maintain our health.
Good health products can guarantee normal growth and prevent diseases. For
example, multivitamins promote growth among children.
More people are relying on health products for better health due to their busy
lifestyle and unbalanced diet.
However, people need to be more careful in choosing the right health products. Therefore,
we need to seek medical advice and always check the label first before buying or using any health
product to avoid unwanted effects.
Activity 10.7 Research-based Learning
Aim: To gather information on health products available in the market. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
There is an abundance of health products in local market nowadays. Students are encouraged
to gather information of these health products. By referring to the official website of the
Ministry of Health Malaysia, identify the active ingredients found in the products and their
effects on health.
2. Find different products with different active ingredients.
3. Present the findings of the project as posters or brochures to be pasted on the notice board around
the school and in the classroom.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 10.4
1. What is meant by active ingredients in health products?
2. Give two reasons for the use of health products in Malaysia.
218
10.4.2
Chap 10.indd 218 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

Chap 10.indd 219
CHEMICALS IN MEDICINE
AND HEALTH
Methods of Antioxidant
Free Radicals Health Products
Medicine Substances
Action against
Traditional Modern Complementary Active ingredients
free radicals
Impact on human
health
Types of
medicines
Effects of misuse
of medicines
219
22/10/2019 8:33 AM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
10.1 Traditional Medicine, Modern Medicine and Complementary Medicine
Explain the criteria of traditional medicine, modern medicine and complementary medicine.
Explain the medicines used in traditional, modern and complementary medicine.
Justify the use of traditional, modern and complementary medicine.
Justify the use of man-made medicine and medicine from natural resources in treatments
and healthcare.
Conclude the effects of misuse of medicine.
10.2 Free Radicals
Define free radicals.
Discuss the impact of free radicals on human health.
10.3 Antioxidant Substances
Describe antioxidants.
Explain the action of antioxidants on free radicals.
Carry out an experiment to investigate the factors that affect the oxidation of food.
10.4 Health Products
Explain the meaning of active ingredients in health products.
Justify the use of health products available in the market.
Summative
Sum Practice
QUIZ
my/Science/F4/Q10
1. Photograph 1 shows two types of medical methods.
Method M Method N
Photograph 1
220
Chap 10.indd 220 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

(a) What are the types of medical approaches of M and N?

(b) Give one health problem which can be treated using method M.
(c) Give three types of medicines used in method N and their respective uses.
(d) Method M is said to be used together with the method N under certain conditions.
Justify the use of method M together with method N and give one appropriate example.
2.
Free radicals cause health problems among individuals.
(a) Describe how free radicals are formed.

(b) State two factors of free radical formation.
(c) Explain why free radicals are not a problem for some individuals but can cause health
problems for others.
3. Photograph 2 shows fruits that are rich in antioxidants.
Photograph 2
(a) What is meant by antioxidants?
(b) Explain the role of antioxidants in the human body.
(c) Give three types of antioxidants and their natural resources.
221
Chap 10.indd 221 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

4. Figure 1 shows one of the complementary medical treatment methods.
Figure 1
Describe the massage method used in this medical method.

Mind hallenge
Challenge
C
5. A Form 4 student has dry and dull skin. This is because of several factors related to poor
dietary intake of antioxidants. Describe how this problem can be avoided.
Your description should contain:
(a) statement of the problem
(b) the cause of the problem
(c) three solutions
6. Currently, there are many health products in the market. Explain the justification for an
individual to consume the health products.
7. Hasnah is a factory worker who works 12 hours a day. In your opinion, what are the
health problems she may experience and how does she overcome them without
changing her job?
Your description should contain:
• possible health problems
• solutions for every health problem stated above
222
Chap 10.indd 222 22/10/2019 8:33 AM

4
THEME
Energy and
Sustainability of Life
• What is the velocity of a

racing car?
• Have you heard of the
term inertia?
• What is your opinion on the
use of nuclear energy to
generate electricity
in Malaysia?
223
Theme.indd 223 07/10/2019 11:33 AM

Chapter
11 Force and Motion
Keywords
Distance
Displacement
Speed
Velocity
Acceleration
Displacement-time
graph
Velocity-time graph
Value of gravitational
acceleration
Free fall
Inertia
224
Chap 11.indd 224 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

What is the difference between distance

and displacement?
How do we determine the speed of an object?
What will happen to a parachutist if the gravity of
Earth suddenly disappears?
Why are we hurled forward when the vehicle we are
travelling in suddenly stops?
Electric Trains in
Malaysia
The electric train
service (ETS) in
Malaysia which is
operated by Kere
Tanah Melayu Be tapi
rhad (KTMB) has
public interest to re vived
again use trains
means of transpo as a
rt to their respec
tive destinations
The electric tra .
in from Kuala Lu
4 hours 15 minut m pur arrives at Pa
es compared to 12 dang Besar, Perli
a speed of about hours by diesel tra s in
160 km h . Base
–1 in. It can reach
website, the ETS d on the informat
has also begun its ion from the KTM
to Gemas. operation connec B
ting Padang Besa
r
Andawill
You akan belajar
learn tentang:
about:
linear motion
linear motion graphs
gravitational acceleration and free fall
mass and inertia
225
Chap 11.indd 225 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

11.1 Linear Motion
Linear motion is the motion of an object in a straight path.
Figure 11.1 Examples of linear motion of objects
Distance and Displacement
End
Displacement is the distance of N
GROCERY STORE
the shortest path that connects
two locations in a specified
direction.
Displacement = 113.14 m in
the northwest
direction
Distance is the total
path length travelled by 11
80 m 3
an object. .1
4
m
Distance = 80 m + 80 m
Start
= 160 m
80 m
Figure 11.2 Distance and displacement
What is the S.I. unit for

distance and displacement?
The S.I. unit for distance and

HAIKAL
NAGESH
displacement is metre (m).
226
11.1.1
Chap 11.indd 226 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Distance and displacement are quantities that can be measured. What is the method to measure
distance and displacement on a map? Let us carry out Activity 11.1.
Aim: To measure the distance and displacement between two locations. 21st Century Skills
Materials: Ruler, sketch map

Instructions:
2. Look at the sketch map given below.
Key N
Kg. Nerek 140
Contour Sek. School
120
Kg. Awah River
100
80 Jungle
60
Sandy beach
40
Grass
20
Swamp
Kg. Chenor a
ngk Paddy
Je
gai Oil palm
Sun
Kg. Paya Pasir Coconut tree
Sek. Road
Bridge
Pekan
Juaseh T.A. Drainage
Kg. Jengka Groyne
Mosque
.
T.A
0 1 2 3 km
Scale
Figure 11.3 Sketch map

3. Measure the distance and displacement between the following locations using a ruler:
(a) Kampung Nerek to Kampung Chenor
(b) Kampung Awah to the mosque
(c) Kampung Awah to Kampung Nerek
(d) Kampung Jengka to Kampung Nerek
4. The distance between two locations on the map can be calculated based on the scale given. Scale
is the ratio of distance on the map to actual distance on the surface of Earth. Look at the scale on
the map. Use the scale to convert the distance of location on the map to the actual distance.
5. Discuss the difference between the distance and displacement of two locations that you
have obtained.
Device for Measuring Distance Measuring

Distances Wheels
http://bukutekskssm. http://bukutekskssm.
my/Science/F4/Pg227_1 my/Science/F4/Pg227_2
INFORMATION INFORMATION
227
11.1.1
Chap 11.indd 227 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Speed
Speed is defined as the rate of change of distance. Average speed is the rate of change of total
distance travelled.
Distance Total distance

Speed = Average speed =
Time Total time
The S.I. unit for both speed and average speed are metre per second (m s–1).
10 seconds
6 seconds
2 seconds
0m 10 m 50 m 100 m
A B C
Figure 11.4 Positions of a runner
• A 100 m runner will experience change in distance the moment he starts running from
the starting line.
• The change in distance increases as the runner becomes increasingly further away from
the starting line.
• The speed of the runner can be determined by the distance and time taken.
• The following are examples of calculations for the speed of the runner:
(a) Speed of the runner (b) Speed of the runner

at position A at position B
Distance Distance
Speed = Speed =
Time Time
10 m 50 m
= =
2s 6s
= 5 m s–1 = 8.33 m s–1
• The following is an example of calculation for the average speed of the runner:
Total distance
Average speed =
Total time
100 m
=
10 s
= 10 m s–1
228
11.1.2
Chap 11.indd 228 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Velocity
Velocity is defined as the rate of change of displacement.
Displacement
Velocity =
Time
The S.I. unit for velocity is the same as speed, which is metre per second (m s–1).
0m 2 seconds 4m 2 seconds 8m 2 seconds 12 m
N
O A B C
Figure 11.5 Position of a car
• The car above starts to move from initial point O to final point C which has a
displacement of 12 m to the east. The car experiences a change in displacement.
• The velocity of the car can be determined by the displacement and time taken by the
car to reach point C.
• The following is an example of the calculation for velocity of the car:
(a) Velocity of the car (b) Velocity of the car (c) Velocity of the car
from point O to A from point A to B from point O to C
Displacement Displacement Displacement
Velocity = Velocity = Velocity =
Time Time Time
4m (8 m − 4 m) 12 m
= = =
2s 2s 6s
4m
= 2 m s–1 = = 2 m s–1

to the east 2s
to the east
= 2 m s–1

to the east
• The positive and negative signs in the value for velocity show the direction of motion of
the car.
• Referring to Figure 11.5, when the car travels to the east, its velocity is written with a
positive sign. The velocity of the car in the opposite direction would be written with a
negative sign.
229
11.1.2
Chap 11.indd 229 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Acceleration
A body or object which experiences a change in velocity is said to have acceleration.
Acceleration is defined as the rate of change of velocity.
Change of velocity
Acceleration, a =
Time taken
= Final velocity (v) – Initial velocity (u)
Time taken (t)
The S.I. unit for acceleration is metre per second per second (m s–2).
5 seconds
Velocity = 0 m s-1 Velocity = 2 m s-1 Velocity = 4 m s-1
Figure 11.6 Velocity of a bicycle
• The bicycle in the figure above which is stationary starts to move with the velocity as
stated above. The bicycle is pedalled with increasing velocity.
• This situation shows that the bicycle is experiencing acceleration.
• The following is an example of calculation for acceleration of the bicycle:
Change of velocity
Acceleration, a =
Time taken
= Final velocity (v) – Initial velocity (u)
Time taken (t)
4 m s–1 − 0 m s–1
=
5s
= 0.8 m s–2
• If the brakes are applied, the bicycle will slow down and the velocity of the bicycle
will decrease. This situation shows that the bicycle experiences deceleration.
230
11.1.2
Chap 11.indd 230 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Solving Problems involving Speed, Average Speed, Velocity

and Acceleration in Daily Life
The change in speed, velocity and acceleration of an object can be shown more clearly using
formulae. Problems involving linear motion often occur in our daily life.
Example 1 Total distance

Average speed =
Total time
A student participates in a 100 m race. He recorded 100 m
12.58 seconds in the event. What is his average speed? =
12.58 s
= 7.95 m s–1
Example 2 Distance
(a) Car speed =
Time
A C B = 800 m
65 s
Figure 11.7 =12.31 m s–1
A car travels 800 m from point A to point B in (b) Displacement = 800 m – 350 m
65 seconds. Then, the car turns back 350 m from = 450 m
point B to point C in 30 seconds. Displacement
(c) Velocity =
(a) What is the speed of the car at point B? Time
(b) Determine the total displacement of the car. = 450 m
(c) What is the velocity of the car? 95 s
= 4.74 m s–1
Example 3 a=v–u
What is the acceleration of Usain Bolt if he starts t
from rest and attains a velocity of 10.44 m s–1 at a = 10.44 m s – 0 m s
–1 –1
the 100 m finish line in 9.58 seconds? 9.58 s

a = 1.09 m s–2
Example 4 (a) Distance

150 m N = 100 m + 150 m + 100 m
S T = 350 m
Total distance
100 m 100 m (b) Average speed =
Total time
= 350 m
R U 60 s
Figure 11.8 = 5.83 m s–1
Syafiq runs from point R to S which is 100 m (c) Displacement = 150 m to the east
to the north of R. He then runs to T, 150 m to the Displacement
east of S. He continues running to U, 100 m to (d) Velocity =
Time
the south of T. The total time taken is 60 seconds.
Calculate the: = 150 m
60 s
(a) distance (c) displacement = 2.5 m s–1 to the east
(b) average speed (d) velocity
231
11.1.3
Chap 11.indd 231 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

The velocity and acceleration of an object in motion can be
Science Gallery
Science determined through activities carried out in the laboratory using
a ticker timer. The ticker timer vibrates at 50 vibrations per second
(50 Hz). One tick is the time interval between two adjacent dots
on the ticker tape (Figure 11.9). Therefore, one tick represents
1
seconds or 0.02 seconds.
50
Photogate is a timing
device used to measure 1 tick
very fast motion or short
time intervals accurately.
Figure 11.9 Ticker tape
Example
Photogate is suitable for
determining acceleration The velocity of the ticker tape which has 5 ticks can be calculated
due to free fall, period of using the following formula:
oscillation of pendulum or
speed of trolley moving Direction of motion
down a track.
10 cm
Displacement Displacement
= length of ticker tape Velocity =
Time taken
= 10 cm
10 cm
Time taken =
= 5 ticks × 0.02 s 0.1 s
= 0.1 s = 100 cm s–1
How can we take measurements on the ticker tape to determine the velocity, displacement and
acceleration of an object in motion? Let us carry out Activity 11.2.
Aim: To determine the velocity and acceleration of an object using a 21st Century Skills
ticker timer.
Material: Ticker tape
Apparatus: Ticker timer, runway, wooden block, trolley, metre rule, A.C. power supply 12 V
Procedure:
Ticker timer
Ticker tape Runway

Trolley
A.C. power
supply
Wooden block
1 tick Direction of motion
1. Arrange the apparatus as shown in Figure 11.10.
2. Switch on the ticker timer and let the trolley
move down the runway.
3. Collect the ticker tape obtained. 10 ticks
Figure 11.11 Ticker tape
232
11.1.3
Chap 11.indd 232 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

4. Cut the ticker tape into 5 strips of 10 ticks each. Paste them Length of ticker tape (cm)
side by side to form the chart as shown in Figure 11.12. 10
5. Record the length of each strip of ticker tape. 9
6. Calculate the velocity of each strip using the 8
following formula: 7
6
Displacement 5
Velocity = 4
Time 3
Length of ticker tape with 10 ticks 2
=
1
Time to make 10 ticks
0 Ticker
* Time for 1 tick = 0.02 seconds 1 2 3 4 5 tape
Figure 11.12 Ticker tape chart
7. Based on the tape chart in Figure 11.12, calculate the acceleration using the following formula:
v–u
Acceleration, a =
t
Initial velocity, u = Velocity of ticker tape 1
Final velocity, v = Velocity of ticker tape 5
Time interval, t from ticker tape 1 to ticker tape 5 = (5 – 1) × 0.2 s
* *Time for 10 ticks on one strip = 10 ticks × 0.02 s
= 0.2 s
8. Record the results in the table.
Observation:
Velocity
Time to make Length of Velocity
Ticker tape
10 ticks (s) 10 ticks (cm) (cm s–1)
1 0.2
2 0.2
3 0.2
4 0.2
5 0.2
Acceleration
Ticker tape 1 5
Velocity (cm s-1)
Time interval (s)
Acceleration (cm s-2)
Questions:
1. What can be observed from the ticker tape?
2. Is the length of each 10-tick strip the same? What inference can be made based on your observation?
233
11.1.3
Chap 11.indd 233 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Types of Linear Motion
The type of linear motion can be determined from the distance between dots on the ticker tape.
Table 11.1
Ticker tape Distance between dots Type of motion
Direction of motion Distance between dots is constant Uniform velocity
Direction of motion Distance between 2 consecutive dots Velocity increases uniformly

increases uniformly (Uniform acceleration)
Direction of motion Distance between 2 consecutive dots Velocity decreases uniformly

decreases uniformly (Uniform deceleration)
Direction of motion Distance between 2 consecutive dots is Non-uniform velocity

not constant
... ...
Aim: To carry out an activity to study the type of motion and to determine 21st Century Skills
the velocity and acceleration of a motion using a ticker timer.
Material: Flip chart paper
Instructions:
2. Observe the figures below which show three strips of ticker tape for three different motions of
an object.
Direction of motion
Direction of motion Direction of motion
A B C D E
10 cm 0.4 cm 1.6 cm 4 cm 6 cm 8 cm 10 cm
(a) (b) (c)
3. Discuss the type of motion, velocity and acceleration of each ticker tape above.
4. Present the results of your group’s work to the class.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 11.1
1. State the meaning of the following terms:
(a) Distance (b) Displacement (c) Velocity (d) Acceleration
2. The figure shows a strip of ticker tape that was pulled through Direction of motion
a ticker timer vibrating at 50 ticks per second. What is the
displacement and velocity shown by the strip of ticker tape?
10 cm
234
11.1.4
Chap 11.indd 234 31/10/2019 3:27 PM


Sometimes, it is difficult for us to explain motion in words. Therefore, we can use graphs to explain
the motion of an object in detail.
Linear motion graphs are used to present information and data regarding a motion. There are
two types of linear motion graphs that you have to learn, which are the displacement-time graph
and the velocity-time graph.
Displacement-time graph
The displacement against time graph is used to show the displacement of an object changing with
time. Figure 11.13 shows a displacement against time graph for the motion of a boy.
Can you describe the motion of the boy?
Displacement (m)
C
100
Gradient of displacement-time graph = velocity
A B
50
D
O Time (s)
2 8 12 16
Figure 11.13 Displacement-time graph
OA: The gradient of OA is positive and uniform.
• Its velocity is uniform.
(The boy moves 50 m from the starting point with uniform speed.)
AB: The gradient of AB is zero.
• Its velocity is zero.
(The boy is at rest from the 2nd to the 8th second.)
BC: The gradient of BC is positive and uniform.
• Its velocity is uniform.
(The boy moves 50 m with uniform speed.)
CD: The gradient of CD is negative and uniform.
• Its velocity is negative and uniform, that is moving in the opposite direction.
(The boy turns back 100 m to the starting point with uniform speed.)
235
11.2.1
Chap 11.indd 235 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Velocity-time graph
The velocity against time graph allows the displacement, velocity and acceleration of an object in
motion to be determined. The velocity against time graph below shows the motion of a motorcycle
which starts to move from point O. Explain the motion of the motorcycle.
Velocity (m s–1)
Area under velocity-time graph = displacement

8 A B
Gradient of velocity-time graph = acceleration
C D
O Time (s)
5 10 15 20
Figure 11.14 Velocity-time graph
OA: The gradient of OA is positive and uniform.
• The velocity of the motorcycle increases uniformly.
• Acceleration of the motorcycle is uniform.
AB: The gradient of AB is zero.
• The velocity of the motorcycle is constant.
• The acceleration of the motorcycle is zero.
BC: The gradient of BC is negative and uniform.
• The velocity of the motorcycle decreases uniformly.
• The motorcycle is moving with negative acceleration or uniform deceleration.
CD: The gradient of CD is zero.
• The velocity of the motorcycle is zero (motorcycle is stationary).
• The acceleration of the motorcycle is zero.
... ...
Aim: To draw and interpret the linear motion graphs for: 21st Century Skills
(a) displacement-time (b) velocity-time
Materials: Pencil and paper
Instructions:
2. Choose envelops of different colour provided by your teacher.
3. Discuss and draw a graph based on the situation described in the envelop chosen by your group.
4. Present the results of your work to the class.
236
11.2.1
Chap 11.indd 236 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Solving Numerical Problems involving Linear Motion Graphs
1 The graph below shows the linear motion of a remote control toy car.
Displacement (m)
8 (a) What is the displacement of the toy

car after the first 4 seconds?
6
4 (b) What is the velocity of the toy car

from the 3rd to the 5th second?
2
0 Time (s)
1 2 3 4 5 6
Figure 11.15
Solution
(a) Displacement = 6 m (b) Velocity = gradient of displacement-time graph
Displacement (m) (8 – 4) m
Velocity of the toy car =
8 (5 – 3) s
6 4m
4
=
2s
2

Time (s)
= 2 m s–1
0
1 2 3 4 5 6
2 The graph below shows the motion of a motorcycle along a straight track.
Displacement (m)
20 (a) What is the displacement of the

motorcycle after 4 seconds?
15
10 (b) What is the velocity of the motorcycle

from the 6th to the 12th second?
5
0 Time (s)
2 4 6 8 10 12
Figure 11.16
Solution
(a) Displacement = 15 m (b) Velocity = gradient of displacement-time graph
Velocity of the motorcycle = (0 – 15) m
(12 – 6) s
= –2.5 m s–1
237
11.2.1
Chap 11.indd 237 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Velocity-time graph
1 The motion of a ball can be represented by the graph below.
Velocity (m s–1)
4 (a) What is the displacement of the ball

in the first 4 seconds?
3
2 (b) Determine the acceleration of the

ball from the 8th to the 12th second.
1
0 Time (s)
2 4 6 8 10 12
Figure 11.17
Solution
(a) Displacement = Area under the (b) Acceleration = gradient of
velocity-time graph velocity-time graph
Acceleration of ball = (0 – 3) m s
–1
= 4 s × 1 m s–1
= 4 m (12 – 8) s
= –0.75 m s–2
2 The velocity-time graph below shows the motion of a motorcycle.
Velocity (m s–1)
20 (a) Determine the velocity when

(i) time = 4 seconds (ii) time = 8 seconds
15
(b) Find the displacement in the time interval
10 between 0 and 10 seconds.
5
0 Time (s)
2 4 6 8 10 12
Figure 11.18
Solution
(a) (i) Velocity at (b) Displacement = area under the velocity-time graph
= 10 m s–1
4 seconds = area of triangle + area of rectangle
(ii) Velocity at
= 15 m s–1

8 seconds

1
=[ × (6 s)(15 m s–1)] + [(10 s − 6 s)(15 m s–1)]
2

= 105 m
238
11.2.1
Chap 11.indd 238 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 11.2
1. What is represented by the gradient of the graph in the displacement-time graph?
2. What is represented by the area under the graph in the velocity-time graph?
3. A toy car moves down a smooth runway and then moves over
a rough flat surface until it stops. Sketch the velocity-time graph Toy car Smooth Rough flat
which describes the motion of the toy car. runway surface
4. Interpret the motion of the object based on the graph
shown below.
Displacement (m)

0 Time (s)
11.3 Gravitational Acceleration and Free Fall

Gravitational Acceleration
Isaac Newton is sitting under an He starts to think about the force
apple tree when an apple falls that causes the apple to fall, then
from the tree. he realises that ...
The apple
falls due to
gravitational
force!
You have been introduced to the term gravitational force in Form

2. All objects around us are pulled towards the centre of Earth by Brain Teaser
Teaser
Earth’s gravitational force. Gravitational force causes an object What will happen if there
to always fall downwards. An object such as the apple that falls is no gravitational force
due to Earth’s gravitational force will experience gravitational on Earth?
acceleration. The symbol used to represent gravitational
acceleration is g.
What is the value of g? How can we determine the value of g
in the laboratory? Let us carry out Experiment 11.1.
239
11.3.1
Chap 11.indd 239 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Experiment 11.1
Aim: To determine the value of gravitational acceleration, g using a ticker timer.
Problem statement: What is the value of the gravitational acceleration, g?
Hypothesis: The value of gravitational acceleration, g is 10 m s–2.
Variables:
(a) manipulated: Mass of weight
(b) responding: Value of gravitational acceleration
(c) constant: Height of object released
Materials: Ticker tape, cellophane tape
Apparatus: Ticker timer, weight, G-clamp, A.C. power supply 12 V, soft board, retort stand and clamp
Procedure:
Retort stand G-clamp
Ticker timer
Precautionary
Ticker tape Ticker tape measures:
A.C.
power Place the soft board on
supply the spot where the weight
Bench will hit the floor.
Weight
Table
1. Set up the apparatus as shown in Figure 11.19.
2. Clamp the ticker timer vertically on the retort stand which is placed on the bench.
3. Put a ticker tape strip of 1 m through the ticker timer.
4. Hang a weight of mass 50 g to the end of the ticker tape.
5. Switch on the ticker timer and release the weight.
6. Analyse the ticker tape to obtain the value of gravitational acceleration, g by the following method:
5 4 3 2 1 Direction of motion
x2 x1
x1 cm
Initial velocity, u =
0.02 s
x cm
Final velocity, v = 2
0.02 s
Time interval, t = 5 ticks × 0.02 s
= 0.1 s
Gravitational acceleration, g = v – u
t
= cm s–2
= m s–2
240
11.3.1
Chap 11.indd 240 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

7. Repeat steps 3 to 6 using weights of mass 100 g, 150 g, 200 g and 250 g.
Result:
Mass of weight (g) 50 100 150 200 250
Gravitational acceleration, g (m s )
–2
Conclusion:
The value of gravitational acceleration, g on the surface of Earth is 10 m s–2.

Is the value of the gravitational acceleration obtained in Experiment 11.1 the same as the actual
value of g? Explain your answer.
Free Fall
An object is said to experience free fall if it falls due to the effects of gravitational force
only. For example, a sheet of paper does not fall freely because its motion is affected by air
resistance. Objects falling freely, fall with the same gravitational acceleration no matter
what their mass and shape are.
Actually, free fall only occurs in a vacuum, that is in a space with no air. In a vacuum
chamber, a chicken feather and a tennis ball that are released from the same height will
reach the bottom of the chamber simultaneously.
Brain Teaser
Teaser
Take a look at
Photograph 11.1. Do the
parachutists experience
free fall?
Photograph 11.1 Parachutists
11.3.2
241
Chap 11.indd 241 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Motion Graphs of Objects Experiencing Free Fall
Now, let us study the free fall in more detail by using linear motion graphs.
Stationary object
(velocity = 0 m s–1)
velocity increases
Figure 11.20 Object released from a certain height
Velocity-time graph
Velocity (m s–1)
• When the object is released, the velocity of the
• Before being
object increases uniformly.
released, the
V • Gradient of velocity-time graph = acceleration
velocity of the
• This acceleration is known as gravitational
object is zero.
acceleration.
• The object is
stationary.
0 Time (s)
Figure 11.21
3 Displacement (m)
• During free fall, the object falls with a higher velocity
than its initial velocity.
• This can be seen in the greater value of the gradient
of the graph.
2 • Once the object is released, it falls with a low velocity.

• This can be seen in the small value of the gradient.
1 • Before being released, the displacement of the

object is zero. 0 Time (s)
• The object is stationary.
Figure 11.22
242
11.3.2
Chap 11.indd 242 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Motion Graph of Objects Moving Against Gravitational

Force (Antigravity)
What is the shape of the linear motion graph if the object moves against gravity?
Maximum
displacement
(velocity = 0 m s–1)
velocity
decreasing
velocity = V m s–1
Figure 11.23 Object thrown vertically upwards
Velocity-time graph
Velocity (m s–1) • The velocity of the object decreases as
• When thrown upwards, the object moves upwards.
the object starts to move • The gradient of the velocity-time graph
with a velocity of V m s-1. V is negative.
• At maximum height, the velocity of the

object is zero.
0 Time (s)
Figure 11.24
Displacement (m)
• The object moves upwards with
decreasing velocity.
• Maximum displacement, zero velocity.
• The object will momentarily stop
• Once thrown upwards, the object before falling back downwards.
moves with a velocity, V m s-1. At
the same time, the displacement
of the object changes.
0 Time (s)
Figure 11.25
243
11.3.2
Chap 11.indd 243 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Experiment 11.2
Aim: To study the time taken for an object to fall during free fall and non-free fall motions.
Problem statement: Is the time taken for a free falling object to reach the ground the same as that for a
non-free falling object?
Hypothesis: Time taken to reach the ground by a free falling object is shorter than a non-free
falling object.
Variables:
(a) manipulated: Presence of air
(b) responding: Time taken for the object to fall to the rubber stopper
(c) constant: Height of object
Material: Pieces of paper
Apparatus: Transparent cylinder tube, rubber stopper, vacuum pump
Procedure:
2. Put the pieces of paper into the transparent Cylinder tube
cylinder tube.
Pieces Hose clip
3. Close the open end of the cylinder tube tightly
of paper
with a rubber stopper. Vacuum
4. Connect the transparent cylinder tube to the pump
vacuum pump.
5. Quickly turn the cylinder tube upside down and Rubber
let the pieces of paper fall. Record the time stopper
taken for the pieces of paper to fall to the Figure 11.26 Setup of apparatus
rubber stopper.
6. Pump out the air in the cylinder tube and repeat step 5.
Result:
Presence of air Time taken for the object to fall to the rubber stopper (s)
Yes
No (vacuum)

Conclusion:
Question:
Are there any forces other than gravitational force acting on the object during free fall?
Explain.
Galileo Galilei carried out an experiment sometime in the

years 1589 to 1592. He dropped two spheres of different mass
simultaneously from the top of the Leaning Tower of Pisa. He
found that objects of different masses take almost the same time
to reach the ground.
244
11.3.3
Chap 11.indd 244 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Aim: To understand and solve issues regarding free fall motions in the context of daily life through
projects based on the STEM approach.
Instructions:
1. Carry out this activity in groups to study the following statement:
In the event of a major flood, food and medical supplies sometimes need to be dropped from
the air. Often these supplies will be damaged due to high velocity impact upon reaching the
surface of the earth. Parachutes are used to reduce the velocity.

2. Design and build a parachute to solve the problem above. Among the characteristics of the
parachute that should be considered are:
• size of canopy
• material of canopy
• length of string
• number of strings
3. Present your work to the class.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 11.3
1. Fill in the blanks with the correct answer.
(a) Free fall is the motion of an object due to force only.
(b) The non-free fall motion of an object is affected by resistance.
(c) is the acceleration due to gravitational force acting on an object
towards the centre of Earth.
2. The graph below shows the free fall of an object.
Displacement (m)
Time (s)
Explain the graph.
245
11.3.3
Chap 11.indd 245 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Mass
You were introduced to the term mass in Form 1. Mass is
the quantity of matter in an object. The S.I. unit for mass
is kilogram (kg). The mass of an object is constant if the
quantity of matter in an object does not change.
Inertia Photograph 11.2 Mass of an apple is

measured using a digital scale
Inertia is the natural tendency of an object to resist any
change in its original state, whether at rest or in motion. Inertia is not a physical quantity, therefore
it cannot be measured, has no value and no unit. Among the situations involving inertia:
Original state of object at rest Original state of object in motion

Coin Cardboard pulled
Coin drops
into water
Figure 11.27
When the cardboard is pulled

quickly, the coin will fall into the Figure 11.28
glass. The inertia of the coin will
maintain the original state of the When the train moves, the passenger
coin, that is, being at rest. The coin will move forward together with the
will not move together with the train. When the train stops suddenly,
cardboard, instead it will fall into the body of the passenger maintains
the glass due to gravitational force. its forward motion. Inertia of the
passenger maintains the original
Inertia follows Newton’s First Law of Motion by Sir state of the passenger, that is, being
Isaac Newton. Newton’s First Law of Motion states in motion. Thus, the passenger
that an object will remain in its original state, that continues his forward motion.
is, being at rest or in motion with constant speed
(in a straight line) if no external force acts on it.
246 11.4.1
11.4.2
Chap 11.indd 246 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

... ...
Aim: To discuss the meaning of inertia by studying situations that show 21st Century Skills
the existence of inertia in daily life.
Instructions:
2. Discuss the following situations and relate them to inertia.
• Our body leans to the right when the car we are in turns
to the left. Examples of Inertia in
• Our body is hurled forward when the car we are in stops Daily Life
suddenly. http://bukutekskssm.my/
Science/F4/Pg247
3. Present the results of your discussion. INFORMATION
Relationship between Mass and Inertia

The inertia of an object is affected by its mass. The larger the mass of an object, the larger the
inertia of the object.
The mass of an empty trolley is small, The mass of a trolley filled with things is
therefore the inertia of the trolley is larger, therefore its inertia is also larger.
also small. This enables the trolley to be This causes the trolley to be more difficult
easily moved from its original state. to move from its original state.
Photograph 11.3 Situations showing the relationship between mass and inertia
247
11.4.2
Chap 11.indd 247 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

The relationship between mass and inertia can be studied using
an inertial balance. The inertial balance was invented by NASA
to determine the mass of objects in outer space. Let us carry out
Experiment 11.3 to study the effects of mass on inertia.
Experiment 11.3 Photograph 11.4 Inertial balance

Aim: To study the relationship between mass and inertia.
Problem statement: Does the mass of an object affect the inertia of the object?
Hypothesis: The larger the mass of an object, the larger the inertia of the object.
Variables:
(a) manipulated: Mass of plasticine
(b) responding: Period of oscillation
(c) constant: Length of oscillating hacksaw blade, shape of plasticine
Material: Plasticine
Apparatus: G-clamp, hacksaw blade, stopwatch, electronic scale
Procedure: G-clamp
2. Tightly clamp the hacksaw blade horizontally onto the leg of a
table using the G-clamp.
3. Stick a bit of plasticine with a mass of 30 g onto the end of Hacksaw blade
the hacksaw blade. Plasticine
4. Slightly pull the end of the hacksaw blade with the plasticine and Figure 11.29 Setup
release it so that it oscillates horizontally (as shown in Figure 11.29). of apparatus
5. Take the time for 10 complete oscillations using a stopwatch and
record it in the table.
6. Determine the period, T for one complete oscillation.
7. Repeat steps 3 to 6 using plasticine with the mass of 40 g, 50 g, 60 g and 70 g.
Result:
t
Mass of plasticine (g) Time for 10 oscillations, t (s) Period, T = (s)
10
30
40
50
60
70
Data analysis: Plot the graph of T against the mass of plasticine on a graph paper.
Conclusion:
Is the hypothesis of this experiment accepted? What is the conclusion of this
experiment?
VIDEO
Questions:
1. State the relationship between the mass of plasticine and the period Experiment
of oscillation. http://bukutekskssm.
my/Science/F4/
2. State the relationship between the inertia of plasticine and its mass. Relationshipbetween
3. Is the period of oscillation of the hacksaw blade affected by gravitational force? MassandInertia.mp4
248
11.4.3
Chap 11.indd 248 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Effects of Inertia in Daily Life

You now know that inertia is affected by the mass of an object. Inertia can cause positive and
negative effects in our daily life.
Figure 11.30 shows the positive effects of inertia.
A wet umbrella can be

The loose head dried by spinning the
of a hammer can umbrella quickly and
be tightened by stopping it suddenly.
banging its handle Water droplets will
against a hard continue to move even
surface. A swift when the umbrella has
bang drives the stopped spinning due
hammer head to inertia. So, the water
downwards due droplets will fly off
to inertia. the umbrella.
Figure 11.30 Positive effects of inertia

Figure 11.31 shows the negative effects of inertia and ways to overcome it.
During landing, an aeroplane of large mass

The effects of inertia can cause injury to car drivers. cannot stop within a short distance due to inertia.
Therefore, a car is equipped with airbags, headrests Therefore, long runways are needed for the
and safety belts to reduce the effects of inertia. aeroplane to land safely.
Figure 11.31 Negative effects of inertia and ways to overcome them
... ...
Activity 11.7 Hot Seat
Aim: To discuss and share situations that show the benefits and damaging 21st Century Skills
effects of inertia to humans.
Instructions:
2. Choose examples of the benefits and the damaging effects of inertia.
3. Present the results of the discussion in the form of ‘Hot Seat’ activity.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 11.4
1. Give the meaning of inertia and provide two examples of inertia in our daily life.
2. State the relationship between mass and inertia.
249
11.4.4
Chap 11.indd 249 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Chap 11.indd 250
250
FORCE AND MOTION
Linear Motion Gravitational Acceleration

Linear Motion Mass and Inertia
Graphs and Free Fall
Distance and Displacement- Velocity-time Gravitational Mass

displacement time graph graph acceleration, g
(10 m s-2)
Distance Gradient = velocity Gradient = acceleration Free fall Inertia

Speed =
Time
Area under the graph Newton’s First

Displacement = displacement Law of Motion
Velocity =
Time
Effects of inertia in
Acceleration daily life
v–u
a=
t
31/10/2019 3:27 PM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
11.1 Linear Motion
Explain the difference between distance and displacement and their units in daily life.
Explain with examples the meaning of speed, average speed, velocity and acceleration and their
units in daily life.
Solve problems that involve speed, average speed, velocity and acceleration in daily life.
Distinguish between the various types of linear motion.
Interpret the different types of motion from linear motion graphs to determine distance,
displacement, velocity, average velocity and acceleration.
11.3 Gravitational Acceleration and Free Fall
Carry out an experiment to determine the acceleration due to Earth’s gravity, g.
Interpret the motion graph for objects in free fall.
Carry out an experiment to study free fall and non-free fall conditions.
Explain mass.
Explain the meaning of inertia with examples.
Carry out an experiment to study the relationship between mass and inertia.
Communicate the effects of inertia in daily life.
Summative
Sum Practice
1. Azmeer rides his motorcycle to the north for 24 km, then to
the west for 12 km and finally to the south for 12 km before he
stops to rest (Figure 1). His journey takes 2 hours.
(a) What is the distance travelled by Azmeer? 12 km
(b) What is Azmeer’s displacement?
(c) Determine Azmeer’s average speed. 12 km
(d) Calculate the average velocity for Azmeer’s displacement.
24 km
2. Hilmi walks to the north for 8 m, then to the east for 8 m.
Hilmi takes 5 minutes to complete his journey.
(a) What is the distance of his motion?
(b) What is the displacement of his motion?
(c) Determine the velocity attained by Hilmi. Figure 1
251
Chap 11.indd 251 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

3. Figure 2 is a graph that shows the motion of a car.
Velocity (m s–1)
20
0 Time (s)
5 20 30
Figure 2
Based on the graph above,
(a) what represents acceleration?
(b) what is the acceleration of the car from 0 to 5 seconds?
(c) determine the total displacement of the car.
4. Figure 3 shows the motion of objects P and Q that are released simultaneously.
Velocity (m s–1)
20
14
P Q
0 Time (s)
6 8 10 16
Figure 3
(a) Based on the gradient of graphs P and Q, which graph shows the higher value of acceleration
at the 6th second? Explain your answer.
(b) Determine the gradient of graph P from 0 to 8 seconds.
5. Figure 4 shows a ticker tape strip of 16 cm in length.
Direction of motion
16 cm
Figure 4
The time between two consecutive dots is 0.02 seconds.
(a) Determine the velocity of the ticker tape strip.
(b) Determine the acceleration of the ticker tape strip.
6. Figure 5 shows two wooden blocks, P and Q which are of different sizes but have the same mass.
P
Q
Figure 5
252
Chap 11.indd 252 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

(a) Give the meaning of inertia.

(b) Which wooden block has a larger inertia? Explain your answer.
(c) State Newton’s First Law of Motion.
7. Figure 6 shows a coin and a feather falling simultaneously inside two transparent cylinder tubes,
R and S. Cylinder tube R contains air whereas cylinder tube S is a vacuum.
Feather
Vacuum
Air Cylinder tube
Coin Coin Feather
R S
Figure 6
(a) What is meant by a free fall?
(b) Compare the time taken for the coin and the feather to fall inside cylinder tubes R and S.
(c) Create a suitable conclusion for the activity above.
Mind hallenge
Challenge
C
8. Figure 7 shows a ticker tape chart of a trolley Length (cm)
moving down an inclined runway. The ticker timer
being used vibrates at a frequency of 50 Hz. 50
(a) Determine the time for 10 ticks.
40
(b) What is the velocity for ticker tape 1 and ticker
tape 5? 30
(c) The runway is inclined further so that the
trolley moves down faster. 20
Predict the length of the ticker tape chart that
10
will be obtained.
0 Ticker
9. Figure 8 shows a student banging the handle of a 1 2 3 4 5 tape
hammer against a hard surface. Figure 7
(a) What is the actual purpose of the student
doing so?
(b) What is the concept used by the student?
(c) Explain two of your daily activities that use
the concept stated in question 9(b).
Figure 8
253
Chap 11.indd 253 31/10/2019 3:27 PM

Chapter
12 Nuclear Energy
Keywords
Nuclear energy
Nuclear fission
Nuclear fusion
Nuclear reactor
Electricity generation
Impact of nuclear test
254
Chap 12.indd 254 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

Nuclear Energy Chapter 12
Why is the number of countries using nuclear

energy increasing?
How is nuclear energy produced?
Is nuclear energy safe to use?
Can nuclear power stations be built in Malaysia?
Thorium to Rep
lace Uraniu m
Similar to uraniu
m, thorium can
that can genera also undergo nu
te electricity. Th clear reaction
is responsible fo e Malaysian Nuc
r conducting rese le ar Agency
cooperation with arch projects on
several foreign ag thorium in
study the availa ency. The projec
bility of thorium t aims to
to replace uraniu as an alternativ
m in research re e nuclear fuel
actors in the futu
re.
Source: www.nu
clearmalaysia.g
ov.my
(Access on 19 Au
gust 2019)
Andawill
You akan belajar
learn tentang:
about:
the use of nuclear energy
the production of nuclear energy
impact of using nuclear energy
nuclear energy in Malaysia
255
Chap 12.indd 255 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

12.1 The Use of Nuclear Energy
Nuclear energy brings a lot of benefits to mankind if it is

generated and controlled properly. The number of countries Countries in the World
that Use Nuclear Energy
using nuclear energy to generate energy in various fields has http://bukutekskssm.my/
been increasing every year. Science/F4/Pg256
INFORMATION
Now, there are more than 30 countries in the world using
nuclear energy as their energy source. Among them are the
United States of America, Russia, France, Slovakia and Japan.
Why do these countries use nuclear energy rather than other
energy sources?
Nuclear energy is an alternative energy that can be used to

generate electricity in order to replace or reduce the use of
petroleum and coal. This energy is produced in greater quantity
and is more efficient compared to other energy sources.
Nuclear energy produces ionising radiation

that is used in various fields such as medicine,
agriculture and industry. The use of nuclear
energy can improve the standard of health
and living of man.
Nuclear energy releases very little

greenhouse gases compared to other
energy sources.
Figure 12.1 Uses of nuclear energy

256
12.1.1
Chap 12.indd 256 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

What are the adverse effects of nuclear energy sources compared to other energy sources?
Radioactive waste can The huge amount

affect the health and of energy produced
threaten lives of all can cause severe
living things. harm to mankind if it
is misused.
Figure 12.2 Adverse effects of nuclear energy sources
... ...
Activity 12.1 Mind Map
Aim: To construct a mind map to show the benefits and adverse effects 21st Century Skills
of nuclear energy sources compared to other energy sources.
Instructions:
1. Do active reading and gather information regarding the benefits and the adverse effects of nuclear
energy sources compared to other energy sources.
2. Construct the mind map as shown below and fill it with the information you have gathered.
3. Put up the mind map on the notice board at the back of the classroom.
Adverse
Benefits effects of
of nuclear nuclear
energy energy
sources sources
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 12.1
1. State three major countries in the world that use nuclear energy sources.
2. What are the benefits of using nuclear energy sources compared to other energy sources?
257
12.1.1
Chap 12.indd 257 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

12.2 The Production of Nuclear Energy
Nuclear energy means energy resulting from reactions in the nucleus of atoms.
Teacher, how is nuclear

energy produced?
Nuclear energy is
produced through
nuclear fission and ANIS
HAIKAL nuclear fusion.
Nuclear Fission
Nuclear fission is the process of splitting a heavy radioactive nucleus into two or more nuclei,
which are lighter and more stable together with the release of energy.
• Nuclear fission occurs when a heavy radioactive nucleus such as uranium-235 is bombarded by
a slow neutron.
• Bombardment by the neutron causes the nucleus to split into two or more lighter and
stable nuclei.
• This process releases a lot of energy.
3D Model
Neutron
Energy
Uranium-235
Figure 12.3 Nuclear fission of uranium-235
• The nuclear fission will occur continuously when a neutron bombards and splits a new nucleus
of large mass. This reaction is called a chain reaction.
258
12.2.1
Chap 12.indd 258 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

Nuclear Fusion ience Gallery

Science
Sc
Nuclear fusion is the process of fusing or combining two light
radioactive nuclei to form a heavier nucleus with the release
of energy.
• For example, two light and small nuclei such as deuterium
and tritium (hydrogen isotope) combine to form a bigger and
heavier nucleus.
• This process occurs at a very high temperature.
• This process releases more nuclear energy than
nuclear fission. Nuclear fusion occurs
continuously in the Sun.
This is because the Sun
has hydrogen isotopes
and high temperature.
The energy released from
Deuterium Helium 3D Model this process is the main
source of energy for life
on Earth.
Energy
Fusion
Brain Teaser
Teaser
Why does nuclear fusion
Tritium Neutron require a high temperature?
Figure 12.4 The fusion of two hydrogen isotopes
Aim: To create a multimedia presentation to explain the production 21st Century Skills
of nuclear energy.
Instructions:
2. Gather information about the production of nuclear energy through nuclear fission and
nuclear fusion.
3. Discuss the information gathered and prepare a multimedia presentation to explain nuclear fission
and nuclear fusion.
4. Present the findings obtained by your group to the class.
259
12.2.1
Chap 12.indd 259 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

Generating Electricity from Nuclear Energy
You learned about electricity generation in Form 3. The main use of nuclear
energy is to generate electricity. The generation of electricity from nuclear
energy is done in the nuclear power station. A nuclear power station
consists of a nuclear reactor and a generator. The nuclear reactor produces
a huge amount of energy. Let us take a look at the process of generating
electricity that occurs in a nuclear power station.
Boron control rods

Control the rate of
nuclear fission reaction by Hot
absorbing surplus neutrons gas
Graphite moderator
Slows down the neutrons
Cool gas
Uranium fuel rods
Reactor Cool gas
Release heat energy through
nuclear fission to heat up
gas flowing through the
reactor core Pump
Concrete shield Cooling agent

Prevents radioactive radiation Absorbs heat produced
leakage from the reactor by the nuclear reaction
Figure 12.5 A nuclear power station

260
12.2.2
Chap 12.indd 260 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

History Corner
Arco, Idaho in the
United States of
America is the first
town in the world
to use electricity
generated by a
nuclear power station.
This occurred on
17 July 1955 with
power generated by
Turbine Electricity generator the BORAX-III reactor
built at the Argonne
The turbine is rotated Generates electricity through National Laboratory.
by steam causing the process of electromagnetic
magnets in the induction when magnets spin
generator to spin inside a coil
Hot steam
Cooling tower
Hot water
Cool
water Cool water
Pump
Condenser
Cools and condenses
steam into water
261
12.2.2
Chap 12.indd 261 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

My Nation
Malaysia has a nuclear reactor of 1 megawatt power belonging to the Malaysian Nuclear Agency. The
TRIGA PUSPATI Reactor (RTP) started operation on 28 June 1982. RTP is a pool-type reactor permitting
experiments to be conducted in the reactor core. However, this reactor is only for the purpose of training,
doing researches and producing radioisotopes. Malaysia must build a nuclear reactor capable of
generating 1000 megawatts of power if it wants to generate electricity using nuclear energy.
Triga Puspati The Use of Nuclear Energy in Some

Reactor
http://
Countries
bukutekskssm/ Many countries in the world continue to choose nuclear energy as
Science/F4/
VIDEO
Pg262.mp4 an alternative source of energy to generate electricity. There are
(Source: Official Website Agensi several reasons why the countries choose nuclear energy as their
Nuklear Malaysia) energy source.
ience Gallery
Science
Sc Lack of other energy sources
• Most of these countries using nuclear energy lack other energy
sources such as coal and petroleum. Importing these energy
sources from other countries will incur high cost. Therefore, they
have to use alternative energy sources such as nuclear energy.
Vast country and high population density

Argonne National
Laboratory • China for example is vast and has a high population density. The
amount of power produced using nuclear energy is enough to
The Argonne National
Laboratory is a laboratory generate electricity for the whole country.
specifically built for the
development of nuclear
physics. This laboratory
is on the outskirts of Source of national income
Chicago, United States of
America. This laboratory • The nuclear reactor in Slovakia, for example, can produce
which started operation electricity more than needed by the country. Therefore, they
in the 1940s has made
can supply electricity to neighbouring countries and earn
many contributions to
the field of nuclear lucrative income.
physics. Almost all
nuclear reactors built
nowadays are the result
of indepth researches Sophisticated technology
conducted at Argonne
National Laboratory. • Countries using nuclear energy are always conducting research
and development. As a result, they now have more sophisticated
technologies and are able to reduce the risks associated with
nuclear reactors. One such example is the Argonne National
Laboratory in the United States of America.
262
12.2.3
Chap 12.indd 262 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

... ...
Aim: To search and share information on the use of nuclear energy in 21st Century Skills
certain countries.
Instructions:
2. Take a card written with the name of a country which uses nuclear energy from your teacher.
3. Gather information on the use of nuclear energy in that country.
4. Present the findings obtained in front of the class.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 12.2
1. Fill in the blanks with the correct answers.
(a) The process of occurs when a bombards a nucleus
of large mass which then into two new nuclei of smaller mass that are
nearly the same and more stable together with the release of energy.
(b) The process of nuclear fusion only occurs at high .
12.3 Impact of Using Nuclear Energy

The use of nuclear energy should be regulated properly so as to bring
History Corner
benefits to mankind and the environment. Since nuclear energy
J.Robert Oppenheimer
is increasingly being used around the world, we should know the is the first person in
impact of using this energy on life and the environment. the world to invent the
atomic bomb. He is
called ‘Father of the
Impact of Using Nuclear Weapons Atomic Bomb’. The
bomb he invented was
Early research on nuclear energy was conducted in the 1940s to used by the American
produce the atomic bomb. Plutonium, the byproduct from nuclear military during World
fission in the nuclear reactor was used to make the atomic bomb. War II. He, however,
The world saw the devastation when nuclear energy was used to expressed regret after
personally seeing the
make nuclear weapons. Nuclear weapons were used by the United devastation caused by
States of America on the cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki during the explosion of the
World War II. atomic bomb.
263
12.3.1
Chap 12.indd 263 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

The bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki with atomic bombs during World War II
• The atomic bomb “Little Boy” was dropped on Hiroshima on 6 August 1945, followed
by another atomic bomb “Fat Man” on Nagasaki on 9 August 1945.
• The nuclear explosion caused a powerful shock wave that immediately killed about
70,000 civilians.
• The blast caused the whole city to heat up to the extent that steel structures began
to melt.
• The blast also affected the environment due to shock wave and radioactive fallout.
• At that moment, all communication systems in the city were cut off.
Before
After
(Photo source: The City of Hiroshima)
The Effects of Nuclear Weapons

http://bukutekskssm.my/Science/
F4/Pg264
INFORMATION
(Photo source: ICRC Archives)

Photograph 12.1 Effect of bombing on Hiroshima
Many countries have now started to invent and produce their own nuclear weapons. However,
they are still bound by the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty (NPT) which controls and prohibits any
country from using nuclear weapons arbitrarily.
264
12.3.1
Chap 12.indd 264 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

Impact of Nuclear Test

Before nuclear weapons are used, nuclear tests have to be conducted to determine whether
the weapons can function. Nuclear tests are conducted in the open atmosphere, on land or
underwater. These nuclear tests have adverse impact on living things and the environment.
Nuclear tests done underground, for example, will cause radiation effects to soil and
water sources. Similarly at sea, destruction of living things and pollution will occur. For
humans and living things on land, the spread of radiation from nuclear tests will cause
somatic and genetic effects.
Effects of radiation spread
from nuclear tests
Somatic effects Genetic effects
• Tiredness • Deformation in babies

• Nausea • Cell mutation
• Cataract • Cancer
• Leukaemia
• Hair loss
Figure 12.6 Effects of radiation spread from nuclear tests

Are there countries still doing nuclear tests?
Photograph 12.2 Nuclear test at sea
265
12.3.2
Chap 12.indd 265 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

... ...
Aim: To gather information regarding history of the atomic bomb attack on 21st Century Skills
Hiroshima and Nagasaki, and also nuclear tests.
Instructions:
2. Gather information regarding history of the atomic bomb attack on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, and
also nuclear tests by visiting the relevant websites.
3. Present the information gathered to the class.
Practice
Formative Practice
Formative 12.3
1. State three adverse effects that may occur if nuclear weapons continue to be used.
2. What is the purpose of conducting nuclear tests?
12.4 Nuclear Energy in Malaysia

Justify the Construction of Nuclear Power Station in Malaysia
In subtopic 12.1, we learned the benefits and adverse effects of using nuclear energy. In Malaysia,
70% of the energy used is generated by natural gas. Petroleum, natural gas and coal are fossil fuels
that are non-renewable.
Some students were asked about the justification for building a nuclear power station in
Malaysia. The following are some of their opinions.
In my opinion, Malaysia needs to

build a nuclear power station to
meet the increasing consumer
demand for electricity.
A
NADI
I do not agree because nuclear

reactors produce radioactive
waste that is dangerous to NAGESH
humans and the environment if

not handled carefully.
266
12.4.1
Chap 12.indd 266 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

As a Malaysian citizen, what is your opinion? Carry out Activity 12.5 with your classmates.
... ...
Activity 12.5 Debate
Aim: To debate the justifications for a nuclear power station in Malaysia. 21st Century Skills
Instructions:
2. The topic of the debate is “The justifications for a nuclear power station in Malaysia”.
3. Divide into two groups, the proposing team and the opposing team.
4. As the proposing and opposing teams, each team has to present their arguments.
My Nation
Several factors have to be considered in operating a nuclear
power station:
• fossil fuels such as coal, natural gas and petroleum will deplete
and its cost will increase
• effects of pollution due to nuclear energy is less compared to
fossil fuels Malaysian Nuclear Agency
The Malaysian Nuclear
• the location to build nuclear power station must be strategic. It Agency, formerly
must be near water sources to facilitate the cooling process known as Malaysian
Institute for Nuclear
• the rate of energy production by nuclear power is much greater Technology Research
than that of fossil fuels (MINT), is located in
Bangi, Selangor. This
agency was formed to
coordinate science and
technological activities
and other related
technologies. Its main
activity is international
collaboration in
Formative Practice
Formative Practice 12.4 the research and
development of
1. State two main energy sources which are currently used nuclear technology for
national development.
in Malaysia.
2. State three factors that must be considered in operating nuclear
power stations.
267
12.4.1
Chap 12.indd 267 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

Chap 12.indd 268
268
NUCLEAR ENERGY
The Use of The Production of Impact of Using Nuclear Energy in

Nuclear Energy Nuclear Energy Nuclear Energy Malaysia
Construction of
Use of nuclear
Nuclear Nuclear a nuclear power
energy in other
fission fusion station
countries
Benefits of nuclear Generation of Effects of nuclear Impact of nuclear

energy electricity weapons tests
in
Adverse effects of Nuclear

nuclear energy reactor
Towards humans
and environment
22/10/2019 8:53 AM
Self-reflection
Self-reflection
12.1 The Use of Nuclear Energy
Justify the use of nuclear energy for a country that has been identified.
12.2 The Production of Nuclear Energy
Describe the production of nuclear energy by nuclear fission and nuclear fusion.
Describe the generation of electricity from nuclear energy.
Justify the use of nuclear energy in countries using it.
12.3 Impact of Using Nuclear Energy
Tell a story about the impact of using nuclear weapons on life and the environment.
Conclude the impact of nuclear tests on the environment.
12.4 Nuclear Energy in Malaysia
Justify the construction of a nuclear power station in Malaysia.
Summative
Sum Practice
QUIZ
my/Science/F4/Q12
1. Photograph 1 shows a nuclear power station in a certain country.
Photograph 1
(a) Name two countries that are major users of nuclear energy.
(b) Based on your answer in question 1(a), what is the use of nuclear energy in those countries?
(c) State two advantages of nuclear energy sources.
2. Figure 1 shows a nuclear reaction.
Figure 1
269
Chap 12.indd 269 22/10/2019 8:53 AM

(a) Name the nuclear reaction.
(b) Based on Figure 1, explain the nuclear reaction.
(c) What would happen if the reaction is not controlled properly?
3. Reaction X always occurs in the Sun.

(a) What is the reaction?
(b) Explain why the reaction can occur on the surface of the Sun.
(c) What would happen on Earth if the reaction you mentioned in question 3(a) suddenly stops?
4. Figure 2 shows part of a nuclear power station.
Figure 2
(a) What is the process that occurs in K?
(b) What is the purpose of the process you mentioned in question 4(a)?
(c) K has various safety features. State two safety features in K.
(d) Predict the impact if there is a leakage in the structure of K.
Mind hallenge
Challenge
C
5.
A nuclear reactor can produce nuclear energy on a large scale to generate electricity.
Based on the statement above, explain the way nuclear energy is converted into electricity in
a nuclear power station.
270
Chap 12.indd 270 22/10/2019 8:54 AM

Answers
ONLY SELECTED ANSWERS ARE PROVIDED HERE
3. (a) The victim will choke.

Chapter 1 (b) The Heimlich Manoeuvre will increase the
Summative Practice 1 pressure in the lungs causing the food to be
1. (a) Laminar flow cabinet/fume chamber/safety ejected.
shower/eyewash station (c) Yes. To help a pregnant woman using this
(any three) method, place your hands right at the bottom of
(b) There are dangerous substances in the the breastbone, a little bit higher than on a non-
laboratory that are flammable, corrosive, toxic pregnant woman. Then, proceed with the usual
and fragile. Heimlich Manoeuvre.
(c) His action is correct because lemon juice 4. (a) The Heimlich Manoeuvre
contains a pH value of more than 5 and less (b) Firstly, one of Jia Hui’s friends needs to stand
than 7. behind Jia Hui and bend her body slightly
2. (a) (i) Class B fire forward. Then, place her hands around Jia
(ii) Foam/dry powder/carbon dioxide Hui's waist and clench a fist her right hand.
(b) • Ethanol is very close to the fire source and The right fist is put between Jia Hui's navel and
the conditions needed for combustion are ribs. Her left hand is placed on top of her right
present. fist. Next, she needs to press and jerk upward
• Ethanol is a flammable and volatile with quick force until the food is ejected out of
substance. Jia Hui’s mouth.
(c) • Use the fire extinguisher
1. Pull the safety pin from the fire Chapter 3
extinguisher.
Summative Practice 3
2. Aim the nozzle at the base of the fire. He
1. (a) Infection, exposure to extreme heat, vigorous
should be 2.0 – 2.5 metres away from the
exercise
fire.
(b) 36.9°C
3. Squeeze the handle on top of the fire
(c) Infrared thermometer/rectal thermometer
extinguisher.
2. (a) P : Infrared thermometer
4. Spray evenly on the entire fire source by
Q : Rectal thermometer
sweeping the nozzle from side to side.
(b) To measure body temperature
• Use the fire blanket
(c) Infrared thermometer
(d) (i) Types of fire extinguishers
(d) Can cause death (accept any suitable
(ii) Expiry date of fire extinguishers
answers)
(iii) Pressure reading on fire extinguishers
3. (a) 100 – 150
(iv) Number of fire extinguishers based on
(b) Manipulated variable: the age
types
Responding variable: the pulse rate
(v) Location of the fire extinguishers in the
(c) When the age increases, the pulse rate
school’s emergency route plan
decreases.
(d) 60 – 65 beats per minute
Chapter 2 4. (a) The wrist
Summative Practice 2 (b) 60 – 65 beats per minute
1. (a) P: Cardiopulmonary resuscitation, (c) 120/80 mmHg
CPR (d) Fareeza must do health check-ups regularly at
Q: Heimlich Manoeuvre the clinic or hospital
(b) The victims will experience brain damage (accept any suitable answers)
because they do not receive sufficient oxygen 5. (a) 120/80 mmHg
in their body and brain for a certain period. (b) The reading of Siva’s blood pressure is higher
2. (a) CPR than a normal person because he may have
(b) Position the victim's body on his side and wait high blood pressure.
for the ambulance to arrive. (c) Siva needs to go to the hospital to get proper
treatment.
(accept any suitable answers)
271
Answer inside book.indd 271 22/10/2019 9:59 AM

6. (a) Organ damage (ii) Deoxyribose sugar, phosphate group,
(b) Sphygmomanometer nitrogenous base
(c) Systolic pressure is the blood pressure when (b) 46
the heart muscles contract. Diastolic pressure (c) Autosomes carry genes that control the
is the blood pressure when the heart muscles characteristics of organisms such as the colour
are resting. of pupil, ability to roll the tongue and types of
hair, while sex chromosomes carry genes that
Chapter 4 determine the gender of an organism whether
male or female.
Summative Practice 4 2. (a) Prophase I
1. (a) The development and application of products, (b) Chromosomes shorten and thicken, and
equipment and systems used to conserve the become clearly visible. Homologous
environment and nature, as well as minimising chromosomes pair together. Crossing over
and reducing the negative effects of human occurs.
activities. (c) The process that occurs is crossing over.
(b) Energy, environment, economy, social Crossing over produces a new genetic
2. (a) Saves energy, avoids wastage, strengthens the combination. If crossing over does not happen,
country’s economy no variation is formed.
(b) Switch off the electrical appliances when (d) Reproductive cells
they are not in use. This can save energy 3. (a) Prophase
consumption at home. (b) Chromosomes are arranged in an equatorial
3. (a) Energy sector, transportation sector, waste and plane. The spindle fibres are attached to the
wastewater management sector centromere.
(b) Energy sector – focuses on the use of a (c) Humans: skin, Plants: shoot/root
cleaner and carbon-free alternative energy that
can replace the use of fossil fuels.
Transportation sector – focuses on the
Chapter 6
improvement of a cleaner transportation Summative Practice 6
infrastructure, vehicle fuel and public 1. (a) (i) Tendon
transportation. (ii) Tendons connect muscles to bones.
Waste and wastewater management sector (iii) Tendons consist of a combination of tough
– focuses on minimising waste disposal and and inelastic fibres.
wastewater into the environment by converting (b) The individual cannot move the bone because
waste or wastewater into something new such the force generated by muscle contraction
as compost. cannot be transferred to the bone.
4. (a) • Global warming (c) Tendon is a structure that connects muscles
• Increase in greenhouse gases to the bone while ligament is a structure that
• Acid rain connects bone to bone.
(b) • Use renewable energy 2. (a) Hydrostatic skeleton
• Practise energy efficiency (b) Longitudinal muscle and circular muscle
(c) Prevents global warming/reduces carbon (c) Movement in the earthworm occurs when
dioxide production in the air/prevents acid rain the longitudinal muscles contract and the
(d) I agree, because the practice of Green circular muscles relax in opposition. This
Technology can reduce the dependence on opposite movement creates movement from
fossil fuel energy sources, thus can reduce air the front to the rear of the earthworm's body.
pollution due to the release of carbon dioxide The earthworm also has chaetae (bristle-like
from the burning of fossil fuels. hairs) on its body to grip the ground during
5. (a) Transportation sector – focuses on the movement.
improvement of a cleaner transportation 3. (a) (i) The giraffe will spread its legs.
infrastructure, vehicle fuel and public (ii) This will increase the base area of the
transportation giraffe and lower its centre of gravity
(b) Using solar-powered vehicles, carpooling, (b) (i) X
cycling (ii) Animal X has a lower centre of gravity.
(iii) When sitting down.
Chapter 5 4. Woody plants have big and tall stems. To increase
the stability of woody plants, the plants need to
Summative Practice 5 increase their base area. Therefore, woody plants
1. (a) (i) DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) have additional support such as buttress roots, prop
roots and stilt roots to increase their base area.
272

(b)
Chapter 7
1. (a) P – Pituitary gland
(b) (i) Thyroxine
(ii) • Low metabolic rate
• Stunted mental and physical Atom X Atom Y Atom Z
development in children (cretinism) (c) X: Group 13, Period 3
• Lack of energy in adults (myxedema) Y: Group 17, Period 3
• Tend to be obese Z: Group 2, Period 4
• Have goitre (d) (i) Atom X will donate three electrons to the
(c) (i) Pancreas atom of another element to form a positive
(ii) Insulin ion.
(iii) • Less insulin hormone is secreted (ii) Atom Y will accept one electron from
• Blood glucose is not able to be the atom of another element to form a
converted to glycogen. negative ion.
• This causes the blood glucose level to 4. (a) Q and R, because atom Q and R have the
rise. same proton number but different nucleon
(d) Testosterone hormone number.
2. (a) (i) Oestrogen, progesterone (b) Industry: is used to detect leakage in
(ii) 1. Promotes the development of female underground pipes
secondary sexual characteristics Medical: detect clogged blood vessels
2. Prepares the uterus for implantation (c) Phosphorus-32: is used to detect the rate of
of embrio absorption of phosphorus fertiliser in plants
(b) After puberty (d) Carbon-14
(c) (i) Testis Agriculture: to detect the rate of photosynthesis
(ii) Controls the development of male in plants
secondary sexual characteristics such Archaeology: to determine the age of fossils
as enlargement of the voice box and hair and artifacts
growth on their face.
Chapter 9
Chapter 8
Summative Practice 8 1. (a) Object P: brass
1. (a) (i) Salt: ions Object Q: bronze
(ii) Sugar: molecules (b) Alloy P: to make door knobs/to make
(b) Ions: marbles/limewater/acid/alkali decorative items/to make food containers
Molecules: carbon dioxide/oxygen/nitrogen/ Alloy Q: to build sculptures/to build
naphthalene/alcohol monuments/to make knives
(c) Molecules: oxygen gas/carbon dioxide gas/ (c) A bronze block is stronger compared to a
sulphur dioxide gas copper block due to the presence of foreign
Ions: zinc oxide/iron oxide atoms in the bronze block. This will disrupt the
2. (a) The elements are arranged from left to orderly arrangement of the atom in the bronze
right and top to bottom, in the order of their block. When force is applied onto the bronze
increasing proton numbers. block, the layers of atoms have difficulty sliding
(b) P and U over one another thus making it stronger.
(c) Element R. (d) Yes, it can.
Element R has achieved a stable octet electron Because alloy P is hard and resistant to
arrangement. corrosion making it suitable to be used.
(d) Group 16, Period 3 Besides that, alloy P will also make the body of
(e) (i) P: 2.1 the ship look better because alloy P is gold in
(ii) Q: 2.7 colour.
(iii) T: 2.8.3 2. (a) Borosilicate glass
3. (a) X: 14 (b) Borosilicate glass has high resistance to heat
Y: 18 and chemical substances.
Z: 20
273

(c) Fused silica glass 2. (a) Free radicals are formed from oxidation
It has high resistance to heat and is inert to process that happens in the body due to
chemicals. internal and external factors.
(d) Yes, it is suitable (b) External factors such as sunlight, smoke from
It will not break easily when cold or hot water is factories, cigarette smoke while internal factors
placed in it. are metabolism and inflammation
3. (a) • Superconductor alloys are used in the (c) For most individuals, the free radicals formed
construction of railway tracks for Maglev naturally due to internal factors usually are
train service. stabilised by antioxidant substances from the
• Magnets are placed at the bottom of the food intake. For individuals who are exposed
Maglev train. to external factors in excess such as cigarette
• Superconductor alloys are cooled to a very smoke, factories smoke and radiation, many
low temperature and electric current flows free radicals will be formed and cannot be
through it to produce antimagnetic property. stabilised by the antioxidant substances from
• Maglev train will float a little and the bottom food. This can cause health problems due to
part of the train will not be in contact with the the presence of additional free radicals in the
railway track. body.
• This will prevent friction between the railway 3. (a) Antioxidants are chemical compounds that
track and the Maglev train. can be obtained from chemical synthesis or
• Thus, the Maglev train is able to move at natural plants. When antioxidants react with
high speed. free radicals, more stable compounds will be
(b) MRI machine/Electrical cable/Microchip produced, stopping the oxidation process.
(c) Yes, it can. (b) This substance protects body cells from free
• A track needs to be prepared radical damage and is regarded as a defensive
• Place magnets at the bottom of the car line against diseases.
• When electricity flows on the track, the (c) • Beta carotene is an antioxidant substance
antimagnetic force will be formed allowing which is commonly found in most red, yellow
the car to move without touching the track or orange coloured food such as apricots,
• The bottom structure of the car is specially carrots, pumpkins, mangoes, sweet potatoes
created to make sure the car does not derail and peaches.
from the track • Lutein is an antioxidant substance which is
No, it cannot commonly found in large quantities in green
• Cars move without track leafy vegetables such as spinach, cabbage
• Difficult to place superconductor alloy on the and broccoli.
road to allow electricity to flow • Lycopene is an antioxidant substance
• The car can crash because there is no tool which is commonly found in papaya, guava,
to allow the car to be attached to the runway watermelon, tomato, apricots, grapefruit and
oranges.
• Vitamin C which is also known as ascorbic
Chapter 10 acid, is a water-soluble vitamin. Vitamin
Summative Practice 10 C is an antioxidant substance which is
1. (a) Method M: Complementary medicine found in citrus fruits, spinach, broccoli, kiwi,
Method N: Modern medicine strawberries, cranberry, cabbage and green
(b) Follow-up treatment after the cancer treatment/ pepper.
Weak muscle condition/Poor blood circulation/ 4. Massage is a method of manipulating soft tissues
Reduce pressure and stress (any one) in the body using hands, fingers and fist. Massage
(c) • Analgesic: used to reduce headaches, soothes anxiety, pain, fatigue, muscle tension and
migraine and fever nerve problems.
• Antibiotics: used to treat diseases due to
pathogen infections such as tuberculosis
(TB) and syphilis
Chapter 11
• Psychotherapeutic: used to treat mental Summative Practice 11
illness such as depression and anxiety 1. (a) 24 km + 12 km + 12 km = 48 km
(d) Method M can reduce the side effects of (b) (12 km)2 + (12 km)2
medicine use in method N. Radiotherapy for = 16.97 km to the northwest
example is a treatment for cancer.
274

(c) An object will free fall if no air resistance acts
12 km
on it.
12 km
12 km 24 km Chapter 12
1. (a) France, Slovakia
12 km
16.97 km
(b) • France uses nuclear energy to generate
electricity to a large part of the country.
• Slovakia generates income by supplying
(c) 48 km ÷ 2 hours = 24 km h–1
electricity generated from power stations to
(d) 16.97 km ÷ 2 hours = 8.485 km h–1
neighbouring countries.
2. (a) 8 m + 8 m = 16 m
(c) • Can produce huge amounts of energy
(b) (8 m)2 + (8 m)2
compared to other energy sources
= 11.31 m to the northeast
• Release very little greenhouse gases
(c) 11.31 m ÷ (5 x 60 s) = 0.038 m s–1
compared to other energy sources
3. (a) Gradient of graph
• Low maintenance cost indirectly strengthens
(b) 20 m s–1 ÷ 5 s = 4 m s–2
national economy
1
(c) (any two)
2 × (30 s + 15 s) × 20 m s = 450 m
–1
2. (a) Nuclear fission

4. (a) Graph P because its gradient is greater (b) Nuclear fission occurs when a
compared to Q. Value of gradient represents low-velocity neutron bombards a heavy
the value of acceleration. radioactive nucleus and causes the nucleus
(b) 20 m s–1 ÷ 8 s = 2.5 m s–2 to split into two lighter and more stable nuclei
5. (a) 16 cm ÷ 0.2 s = 80 cm s–1 together with the release of a lot of energy.
(b) 0 cm s–2/zero. This is because the velocity of (c) The rate of nuclear reaction would be too high
the ticker tape strip is constant. and can cause explosion.
6. (a) Inertia is the natural tendency of an object to 3. (a) Nuclear fusion
resist any change in its original state, whether (b) The Sun has very high temperature/Rich in
being at rest or in motion. hydrogen
(b) Both wooden blocks have the same inertia (c) Earth would not receive sunlight and heat
because their masses are the same. anymore. All living things cannot survive.
(c) Newton’s First Law of Motion states that an 4. (a) Nuclear fission
object tends to remain in its original state, (b) To produce a lot of heat
either being at rest or in motion with uniform (c) • It has 2 m-thick walls that are made of
velocity if no external forces acts on it. concrete and lead
7. (a) The motion of an object that is affected only by • Has boron control rods that absorb excess
gravitational force. neutrons so that reaction is under control
(b) The time taken for the coin to fall is shorter (d) Leakage of radioactive radiation occurs.
than the feather in cylinder tube R, whereas
for cylinder tube S, the time taken for both the
coin and the feather to fall is the same. This
is because cylinder tube R has air, whereas
cylinder tube S is a vacuum. Cylinder tube R Full answers for teacher,
has air resistance. please scan QR code.
275

Laboratory Rules and
Safety Measures
In this Science KSSM Form 4 Textbook, there are some experiments that need to be
carried out in the laboratory. Therefore, all students must comply with the rules and
safety measures in the laboratory to avoid accidents.
Before you enter the laboratory

1. Make sure that you enter the laboratory with the teacher’s permission.
2. Do not bring in bags or other items to the laboratory.
In the laboratory
1. Do not run or play in the laboratory.
2. Do not eat or drink in the laboratory.
3. Do not taste or inhale any chemicals.
4. Read all instructions and warning symbols on the labels on chemical bottles before
using them.
5. Do not point the mouth of the test tube at yourself or your friends when heating a
chemical substance in a test tube.
6. Keep all flammable materials away from fire sources.
Emergencies
1. Know the location of the fire extinguishers, fire blanket and first aid kit and the ways to
use them.
2. If any chemical substance gets onto your skin, wash it off immediately with plenty of
running tap water.
3. If any chemical substance gets into your eyes, wash it off immediately with plenty of
running tap water.
4. If you accidentally swallow any chemical substance, spit it out immediately and rinse
your mouth with plenty of water. Inform the incident to your teacher quickly
for treatment.
5. Do not panic if your clothes are on fire, roll your body on the floor. Your teacher will
put the fire blanket on your body to extinguish the fire.
6. Inform all accidents to your teacher immediately.
Before you leave the laboratory

1. Turn off or switch off all water, gas and electricity supplies.
2. Clean and tidy all apparatus used.
3. Return all apparatus and chemical substances to their original place.
4. Dispose all experimental waste according to their category.
5. Wash your hands.
276

Glossary
Active ingredient – Specific components of a product Energy efficiency – The use of less energy to carry
that have an effect on the cure or prevention out work at the same or higher rate without
of disease. affecting the production and the quality of the
Alcohol – An organic compound that consists of desired outcome.
carbon, hydrogen and oxygen elements. This Environment – Surroundings or conditions in which
compound has a hydroxyl group (–OH). organisms live.
Allele – One of a pair of genes that occupies a certain Fibula – One of the leg bones that is smaller
place on the chromosome pairs. than tibia.
Alloy – A mixture of several types of metals or a Filial – A general term for children, usually used in
mixture of metal and non-metal by a certain genetic inheritance study.
percentage. Free radical – Atoms or molecules that lack an
Atom – The smallest component of an element. electron on the outermost shell, resulting in
Audit – To examine, evaluate and check. unstable molecules that tend to attack other atoms
or molecules.
Autosome – Chromosomes that determine all the
characteristics except gender. Gamete – Reproductive cell that has half of the
number of chromosomes of its parent.
Biceps muscle – Muscles at the forearms that
contract to bend the arms. Gene – A gene is a basic hereditary unit that
determines an individual’s characteristics.
Blood pressure – Pressure applied by blood to the
wall of arteries during blood circulation. Genealogy – Study of ancestry.
Chiropractic – A medical method that uses hand Genetics – Study of genes and inheritance of features
skills to adjust bone position. or properties in an organism.
Continuous variation – Differences in traits that are Genetic engineering – A technique to manipulate
not significant between individuals, such as height. genes to produce an organism with a new genetic
combination and is usually better in terms
Depolymerisation – A process that breaks
of quality.
down polymers to monomers through
chemical reaction. Group – Vertical columns in the Modern Periodic
Table of Elements.
Diastolic pressure – Blood pressure when heart
muscles are resting. Haemophilia – A genetic disease due to mutation of
genes causing difficulty in blood clotting leading
Discontinuous variation – Differences in traits
to severe bleeding if injured.
that are significant between individuals, such
as thumbprints. Inert – Materials that do not react chemically with
other materials.
Distance – Total length of a path of a moving object.
Inertia – A natural tendency of an object to resist
DNA – A molecule that consists of two twisted
changes in its state of motion, either stationary or
antiparallel polynucleotide chains that contains
moving.
the genetic information of an organism.
Ion – Charged particles that are formed when an
Elasticity – The ability of an object to return to its
atom loses or gains electrons.
original shape after being stretched.
Ionising radiation – A radiation or wave consisting
Electron – A subatomic particle which is
of energy and has the potential to ionise atoms
negatively charged.
or molecules.
277
Glossary.indd 277 22/10/2019 8:36 AM

Isotope – Atoms of the same element that have the Radioactive material – Material that has unstable
same number of protons but different number of nucleus and emit radioactive rays.
neutrons. Radioactive waste – Waste materials that release
Linear movement – Movement of an object in a radioactive radiation.
straight path. Radioisotope – Unstable isotope that emits
Medicine – Drugs or substances used to prevent or radioactive rays.
treat diseases. Reactor – A structure that is built to produce
Meiosis – Division process of reproductive cells nuclear energy.
that produces four non-identical daughter Recycle – A process of recovering waste to produce
cells (gametes). new usable items.
Mercury – A grey metal, exists in liquid form at Socio-scientific – A study related to social issues
room temperature. Used in thermometers and and phenomena that occur around humans using
other scientific equipment. scientific methods.
Mitosis – Division process of somatic cells that Sphygmomanometer – A device used to measure
produces two identical daughter cells. blood pressure.
Monomer – A small molecule forming polymer. Stationary – Not moving.
Nucleotide – Basic unit of nucleic acid that Systolic pressure – Blood pressure when heart
consists of pentose sugar, phosphate group and muscles contract.
nitrogenous base.
Tendon – An inelastic connective tissue that connects
Paramedic – A medical personnel that usually serves muscle to bone.
in the emergency medical service, but not a doctor
Tendril – A fine and coiled structure found on a
or nurse.
number of climbing plants, such as cucumber
Patella – Kneecap. plants which hold or cling to other structures for
Period – Horizontal rows in the Modern Periodic support.
Table of Elements. Ticker tape – A paper strip that is attached on a
Phalanx – A general term that refers to finger bones ticker timer to study the movement of
or toes. an object.
Plutonium – A radioactive element. Traditional medicine – Medicine obtained from
Polymer – A large molecule formed by chains of natural resources such as plants and animals.
smaller molecular units. Triceps muscle – Muscles at the forearms that
Polymerisation – A combination process of contract to straighten the arms.
monomers through the formation of chemical Vacuum – Space that does not have matter.
bonds to produce polymers. Vulcanisation – A process of heating natural rubber
Pulse rate – A measurement of heartbeat or the with sulphur.
number of heartbeats per minute.
Radiation – Transmission of energy in the form of
waves or particles.
278
Glossary.indd 278 22/10/2019 8:36 AM

References
National Anti-Drugs Agency, Jenis-jenis dadah, inhalan. Retrieved from, https://www.adk.gov.my/
en/public/posters-banners/
Malaysian Nuclear Agency. (2019). Thorium flagship project. Retrieved from, http://www.
nuclearmalaysia.gov.my/new/RnD/energy/fuel/thorium.php
Breithaupt, J. (2000). New understanding physics for advanced level (4th ed.). Cheltenham, UK:
Stanley Thornes Publishers Ltd.
Hewitt, P.G. (2002). Conceptual physics (9th ed.). Boston, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Ministry of Health Malaysia. (2012). Body mass index (BMI). Retrieved from, http://www.
myhealth.gov.my/indeks-jisim-tubuh-ijt/
Ministry of Health Malaysia. (2017). Basic life support training manual. Retrieved from, http://
www.moh.gov.my/moh/resources/Arkib/Basic%20Life%20Support%20Training%20
Manualnew.pdf
Ministry of Health Malaysia. (2018). Clinical practice guidelines on management of hypertension,
5th Edition. Retrieved from, http://www.moh.gov.my/moh/penerbitan/CPG/MSH%20
Hypertension%20CPG%202018%20V3.8%20FA.pdf
Looking north-west from the Fukokukan rooftop [Image]. (n.d.). Retrieved from, Cultural
Promotion Division, The City of Hiroshima database.
Nakata, Satsuo. (Photographer). (1945, Ogos). World War II. Hiroshima, 0.8 km from the explosion
centre. 24 hours after the explosion of the atom bomb [digital image]. Retrieved from, https://
avarchives.icrc.org/Picture/3488
Parker, S. (2007). Body talk: In your genes, genetics and reproduction. Oxford, England: Raintree.
Laboratory Management, Department of Chemistry, Faculty of Science, UTM. (n.d.). Pengurusan
sisa biologi. Retrieved from, https://pengurusanmakmaljabatankimiafsutm.wordpress.com/
pengurusan-sisa-bahan-terjadual/pengurusan-sisa-biologi/
National Library of Malaysia. (2002). Perubatan: Kitab Tib. Retrieved from, https://www.pnm.gov.
my/manuskrip/melayu/03koleksi/306_perubatan.htm
Roberts, M.B.V. (1986). Biology, a functional approach (4th ed.). Cheltenham, UK: Thomas Nelson
and Sons Ltd.
Satibi, Z. (2016, November 6). Terapi penggantian hormon. Harian Metro. Retrieved from, https://
www.hmetro.com.my/node/179472
The Star, Malaysia [Image]. 2014. Retrieved from, The Star Malaysia Image database.
Watts, M. (2014). Junior biology: Study guide. Victoria, Australia: Learning Space Australia.
Williams, G. (2006). New biology for you: Revised edition for all GSCE examinations. Cheltenham,
UK: Nelson Thornes Ltd.
Zaidan, F. (2018, Mei 2). Sekolah cemas raksa tumpah. Harian Metro. Retrieved from, https://
www.hmetro.com.my/mutakhir/2018/05/336010/sekolah-cemas-raksa-tumpah
279
Reference.indd 279 22/10/2019 8:38 AM

Index
Acceleration 224, 230–234, 236, Duralumin 184, 188 Nuclear fusion 254, 258–259, 263,
238, 250–251 Ecdysis 112, 116-117, 128 268–269
Acromegaly 149, 151, 162 Endoskeleton 112–115, 120–121, Nuclear reactor 260, 262–263, 266,
Active ingredients 202–203, 210, 124, 128, 138–139 268, 270
217–220 Energy sector 51, 56–58, 60, 70–72 Nuclear test 254, 265–266, 268–269
Acupuncture 208 Exoskeleton 112–117, 128, 138–139 Nucleon number 175, 177, 179–181
Addition polymerisation 193, Free fall 224–225, 232, 239, Number of neutrons 175, 179–180
199–200 241–242, 244–245, 250–251, 253 Number of protons 171–172, 175,
Adrenal gland 147–149, 152 Free radical 202–203, 212–215, 219, 179
Agriculture and forestry sector 51, 220–221 Octet 173–174
54, 62, 64, 70, 71 Fume chamber 2, 5, 15 Ovary 146, 148–149, 152
Alloying 185 Gene 76–79, 83–85, 87, 90, 92–94, Pancreas 147–149, 152
Aluminium silicate 190 107 Period 171, 174, 178
Amniocentesis 96, 111 Gene mutation 90, 92–93, 107, Phenotype 74, 86–87, 89, 94–95,107
Analgesic 207 109–110 Pituitary gland 148–149, 155
Antibiotic 207, 211 Genotype 74, 86–87, 89, 94–95, 107 Polymer 182–183, 192–194, 196,
Antioxidant substances 203, Goggles 4, 6, 15 198–200
214–216, 219–222 Gravitational acceleration 224–225, Polymerisation 193, 199–200
Atomic substances 166, 168, 239–243, 250–251 Positive ions 166–167, 169,
178–179 Group 171, 174, 178 173–174, 178–179
Autosome 78–79, 88, 92, 94, 111 Heimlich Manoeuvre 18, 25–31 Prop roots 134
Biceps 128–129 Hydrostatic skeleton 112, 114–115, Psychotherapeutic 207
Body Mass Index 33, 43–46 118–120, 128, 138–139 Pulse points 37, 45–46
Brass 184, 188 Inertia 224–225, 246–251, 253 Radioisotope 176
Bronze 184–186, 200 Infrared thermometer 34, 36 Recessive allele 74, 85, 89, 94–95
Buttress roots 134–136, 141 Ionic substances 166, 168, 169, Rectal thermometer 34–35, 37, 48
Carbon footprint 68, 71 178–179 Speed 224, 225, 228, 231, 250–253
Cardiopulmonary resuscitation Isotope 166–167, 175–179, 181 Sphygmomanometer 41
(CPR) 19–24, 29–30 Karyotype 74, 78, 91, 96–97, 111 Steel 184, 186–188
Chest compression 18, 23–24 Laboratory thermometer 34–35 Stilt roots 134, 141
Choking 18–19, 25–26, 28–29, 31 Laminar flow cabinet 5, 15 Superconductor alloy 183, 188, 201
Chromosome 74, 76–81, 83–85, Latex 194–196, 198, 201 Synthetic polymer 182–183,
88–94, 96–97, 107, 109–111, 265 Meiosis 74, 79–83, 86–89, 94–95, 192–193, 200
Chromosome mutation 90–91, 93, 109–110 Tendrils 134
107, 109–110 Mercury 2–3, 9, 35, 41 Testis 147–149, 152
Clinical thermometer 34–35, 37 Mitosis 74, 79–83, 97, 109–111 Thyroid gland 147, 149–150, 152
Continuous variation 104, 110 Molecular substances 166, 168, 169, Transportation sector 51, 54,
Deoxyribonucleic acid 76–77, 110 178–179 65–67, 70-71, 73
Depolymerisation 193, 199 Monomer 192–193, 198–199 Triceps 128–129
Diabetes insipidus 149, 151, 162 Natural polymer 182–183, 192–194, Uranium 255, 258, 260
Diabetes mellitus 149, 151, 162, 164 198, 200 Velocity 224, 229–239, 242–
Discontinuous variation 104–105, Natural rubber 182, 193–199 243, 254, 250–253
110 Negative ions 166–167, 169, Vulcanisation 182, 196,
Displacement 224–227, 229, 173–174, 178–179 199–200
231–239, 250–251 Newton’s First Law of Motion 246, Vulcanised rubber 182,
Distance 224–228, 231, 234, 250, 253 196–199
250–251 Nuclear fission 254, 258–260, 263, Waste and wastewater
Dominant allele 74, 85, 89, 95 268–269 management sector 51, 54,
Duplet 173 60–61, 70–71
280
Index.indd 280 22/10/2019 8:37 AM

Science Text Book Form - 4

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Science Text Book Form - 4

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

FORM 4

cover B.TEKS SAINS Tg4.indd 1 07/10/2019 10:12 AM

Mencapai perpaduan yang lebih erat dalam kalangan

Memelihara satu cara hidup demokrasi;

Mencipta satu masyarakat yang adil di mana kemakmuran negara

Menjamin satu cara yang liberal terhadap

Membina satu masyarakat progresif yang akan menggunakan

MAKA KAMI, rakyat Malaysia,

KEPERCAYAAN KEPADA TUHAN

Rukun negara DLP.indd 1 07/10/2019 10:16 AM

Odonata Publishing Sdn. Bhd.

Copyright and acknowledgement.indd 1 22/10/2019 9:56 AM

Serial book no. : 0173 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Printed by: Malaysian Remote Sensing Agency (MRSA)

Copyright and acknowledgement.indd 2 22/10/2019 9:56 AM

The theme pages have interesting photos and

Methodology Continuity of Life

Elements in Nature Sustainability of Life

Introduction.indd 5 22/10/2019 8:47 AM

21st Century Skills

21st Century Skills

learning skills of the

The use of nuclear energy should be regulated properly so as to bring

to science Infant Child Adolescent

Figure 6.15 Human growth stages

263 130 6.2.2

Measuring Body Temperature with the

to science using a digital clinical thermometer).

The kink in the clinical thermometer

Figure 3.2 Kink in the clinical thermometer

questions that are

relevant to the topic

When force is applied, the

Photograph 9.17 Some of the latest rubber-based technology

Kurikulum dan Pentaksiran

Introduction.indd 6 22/10/2019 8:47 AM

3.4 Body Mass Index (BMI)

Coin Coin Feather

Mind Challenge Mind enge

30.0 or more Obese

196 Personal Protective

• Goggles Substances that can be Types of fire

Green Technology for Environmental Sustainability Chapter 4 • Lab coat

Information • Eyewash station waste substances extinguishers

Safety Measures in the Laboratory Chapter 1

If we look at the four pillars above, they clearly show that

• energy efficiency PENGGUNAAN TENAGA

Distinguish between the various types of linear motion.

campaigns through Energy Commission

Summative Practice Summative Practice 11 Objective Questions

understanding at the end of

Introduction.indd 7 22/10/2019 8:48 AM

Download the free QR reader application

Quiz (multiple-choice questions)

Guidelines to scan AR application for 3D Models and Interactive Games:

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

3D Model Interactive Game

The Human Skeletal System Appendicular Skeleton

Skull Upper limb

Introduction.indd 8 22/10/2019 8:48 AM

Content.indd 3 22/10/2019 8:37 AM

Content.indd 4 22/10/2019 8:37 AM

• What should you do if